Sanyo MCO-19M, MCO-19M(UV) Service Manual
Sanyo MCO-19M(UV) is a multi-gas incubator with a 162-liter capacity, designed for precise and stable control of temperature, CO2, and O2 levels. It features a 4-door design with tempered glass doors, allowing for easy access to the interior. The unit is equipped with a DHA heating system, natural evaporation humidifying system, fan-assisted air circulation, and a 0.3μm air filter for optimal environmental conditions. The MCO-19M(UV) includes a UV lamp to help prevent contamination. It has various alarms and remote alarm contacts for safety and monitoring.
Advertisement
Advertisement
Service Manual
Multi-gas Incubator
MCO-19M
MCO-19M(UV)
FILE No.
( )
( )
Biomedical Business Division
SM9910245
㻌
Effective models
This service manual is effective for following models.
Name
MCO-19M
MCO-19M(UV)
Product code
823 633 51
823 633 54
823 633 71
823 633 74
Voltage and Frequency
115V
230/240V
115V
230/240V
60Hz
50Hz
60Hz
50Hz
Contents
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
Page
----------------------------------------------------------------- 5
----------------------------------------------------------------- 6
----------------------------------------------------------------- 7
----------------------------------------------------------------- 8
----------------------------------------------------------------- 9
----------------------------------------------------------------- 10
----------------------------------------------------------------- 11
----------------------------------------------------------------- 12
----------------------------------------------------------------- 13
Circuit diagram (MAIN / LCD) ----------------------------------------------------------------- 14
Control specifications ----------------------------------------------------------------- 16
Operational specifications of LCD panel ---------------------------------------------- 23
Prevention of contamination ----------------------------------------------------------------- 71
Specifications of sensors ----------------------------------------------------------------- 72
Mechanism of Double wavelength IR sensor ---------------------------------------------- 74
----------------------------------------------------------------- 75
----------------------------------------------------------------- 76
Setting procedures for optional components -------------------------------------- 77
How to install UV lamp add-on kit
-------------------------------------- 81
Generator (MCO-HP) ---------------------------------------------- 87
decontamination kit (MCO-HL) and Electric lock ------------- 88
----------------------------------------------
density calibration add-on kit
Test data ----------------------------------------------------------------- 102
- Temperature change during power failure
- Temperature recovery data (30sec/60sec door open)
- Humidity recovery data (30sec/60sec door open)
recovery data 䠄 30sec/60sec door open 䠅
- Temperature distribution data – 15points measured
Instruction manual ----------------------------------------------------------------- 106
Interior
Outer door
Inner door
Gas tight split door
Tray
Access port
Insulation
Heating system
Humidifying system
Temperature controller
Temperature display
CO
2
controller
CO
2 density display
O
2
controller
O
2 density display
Air circulation
Air filter
UV lamp
Water level sensor
Alarms
Remote alarm contacts
CO
2
inlet connection
CO
2
inlet pressure
O
2
inlet connection
O
2
inlet pressure
Specifications
Ŷ Strucutural specifications
Name Multi-gas Incubator
Model MCO-19M MCO-19M(UV)
External dimensions
Internal dimensions
Interior volume
W620 x D710 x H900 mm
W490 x D523 x H665 mm
162 L
Stainless steel containing copper
Painted steel
Stainless steel with gasket
4 doors made of temperared glass
3 trays, made of stainless steel containing copper
Dimensions; W450 x D450 x H12 mm, Maximum load; 7 kg/tray
Inner diameter; 30 mm, On the back side
Rigid-polyurethane foamed-in place
DHA system
䠄
Heater jacket and air jacket
䠅
Natural evaporation with humidifying pan
PID control system
Digital display
䠄
Resolution: 0.1
o
C
䠅
PID control system
Digital display (Resolution: 0.1%
䠅
PID control system
Digital display (Resolution: 0.1%
䠅
Fan assisted
0.3
μ m, Efficiency: 99.97 % or more
(Option)
Optical type
4 W×1 (Ozone-free emission)
Automatic set temperature alarm, automatic set CO
2 density alarm,
Automatic set O
2 density alarm, Upper limit temperature alarm, various gas/sensor/heater alarms, Door alarm, UVlamp failure
Allowable contact capacity: DC 30 V, 2 A
Diameter; 4
䡚
6 mm tube
0.03 MPaG 䠄 0.3 kg/cm
2
G, 4.3psiG
䠅
Diameter; 4
䡚
6 mm tube
0.05 MPaG
䠄
0.5 kg/cm
2
G, 7.1psiG
䠅
- 1 -
Name Multi-gas Incubator
Model MCO-19M MCO-19M(UV)
Accessories
3 trays, 3 sets of tray support, 1 gas tube, 1 humidifying pan
1 gas injection nozzle, 1 tube for gas injection nozzle,
1 pair of stacking plate A and B, 2 protective stickers, 6 tube bands
Optional accessories
UV Lamp Add-on kit
䠄 MCO-19UVS 䠅
MCO-19UVS is standard equipment
H
2
O
2
generator
䠄
MCO-HP
䠅
H
2
O
2
Decontamination kit
䠄
MCO-HL
䠅
H
2
O
2
Decontamination Reagent
䠄
MCO-H2O2
䠅
Automatic CO
2
density Calibration Add-on Kit
䠄
MCO-SG
䠅
Gas pressure regulator
䠄
MCO-100L
䠅
Extra tray
䠄
MCO-47ST
䠅 including 2 tray supports,
Half tray
䠄
MCO-25ST
䠅
,
Automatic CO
2
cylinder changeover system
䠄
MCO-21GC
䠅
Roller base
䠄
MCO-18RB
䠅
UV lamp replacement kit (MCO-20UV)
Stacking spacer (MCO-18SB, when stacking on the MCO-175)
Stacking spacer (MCO-21SB, when stacking on the MCO-20AIC)
Ethernet (LAN) Interface (MTR-L03), RS232C/RS485 Interface (MTR-480)
SANYO Data acquisition software (MTR-5000)
4-20mA Interface (MCO-420MA, USA only)
- 2 -
Ŷ Control specifications
Model MCO-19M MCO-19M(UV)
Thermal sensor Thermistor
Temperature display
CO
2
controller
LCD digital display
CO
2
density display
Water level detection
Microcomputer; Input by keypad
CO
2 density setting range: 0
䠂䡚
20
䠂䠄
Resolution; 0.1
䠂䠅
Non-volatile memory
LCD digital display (Resolution; 0.1
䠂
)
H
2
O
2
decontamination
(Option)
Water level sensor
䠄
Optic type
䠅
- Microwaved H
2
O
2 decontamination
- Low density H
2
O
2
solution (Oxidor) which can be purchased in the market
- Solution level detection by sensor
Electric lock (Option)
UV system
Self-diagnosis
Outer door is locked during H
2
Option. UV lamp lighting time can be extended automatically
O
2
decontamination
UV lamp lighting time can be extended automatically
- Error code and error information are displayed by text.
- Remote alarm contact activates (DC30V, 2A)
㻌 with buzzer sounds.
Ŷ Performance specifications
Temperature control range
Temperature distribution
Temperature variation
CO
2
control range
CO
2
variation
O
2
control range
O
2
variation
Chamber humidity
Rated voltage, frequency
Amperage
Heat emission
Power consumption
Noise level
Usable environment condition
Ambient temp. +5
䡚
50 o
C
䠄 ambient temp; 5
䡚
35 o
C
䠅
±0.25
o
C
䠄 ambient temp; 25 o
C
䚸 setting; 37 o
C, CO
2
5%, O
2
5%, no load
䠅
±0.1
o
C 䠄 ambient temp; 25 o
C 䚸 setting; 37 o
C, CO
2
5%, O
2
5%, no load 䠅
0
䡚
20 %
±0.15 %
䠄 ambient temp; 25 o
C, setting; 37 o
C, CO
2
5%, O
2
5%, no load
䠅
1~18, 22~80 %
±0.2 %
䠄 ambient temp; 25 o
C, setting; 37 o
C, CO
2
5%, O
2
5%, no load
䠅
95±5%R.H.
110~120V, 60Hz
Max. 3.1A
220V, 60Hz
Max. 1.5A
220~240V, 50Hz
Max. 1.5A
Max. 1274 kJ/h
Max. 354 W
Max. 1206 kJ/h
Max. 335W
30 dB (A scale)
Temperature: 5~35 o
C, Humidity: Equal or less than 80%R.H.
䠄
Designed performance may not be obtained when ambient temp. is equal or lower than 15 o
C
䠅
Note) Specifications will be subject to change without notice.
- 3 -
- 4 -
Gas circuits
CO
2
sensor
O
2
sensor
CO
2
valve
O
2
/N
2
valve B
O
2
/N
2
valve A
Filter
䚷
CO
2
inlet
䚷
port
N
2
/O
2
inlet port
Sample port
(Front)
- 5 -
㻌
Temperature calibration
㻌
Here is the explanation how to calibrate chamber temperature.
Ex) When setting temperature is 37.0
䉝
and actual temperature is 36.5
䉝
Process Operation MENU
0
1
2
Set thermal sensor at the center of the chamber and start the unit running.
Leave it until chamber temperature is stable.
Press MENU key in Top screen to call MENU screen. Select Tools.
Select Tools (1/2) screen is displayed. Select Temp/CO
2
Calibration.
3 Temp/CO
2
Calibration is displayed and press MENU key to activate MENU key. Select
OK and press ENTER key.
4 Change the value in the column Temp Span to numerical value shift key.
36.5
䉝
by pressing digit shift key and
5 Press MENU key to call MENU screen. Select OK and press ENTER key.
6 Automatically reverts to Select Tools
㻌
(1/2) screen.
Tools
OK
*Note (1) It is important to have an accuracy in thermal sensor when measuring center temperature of
the chamber.
(2) Input range:1.0
䉝
~
䇲
1.0
䉝
. It is unacceptable to input over the range at once.
<Display of Process 1>
<Display of Process 3>
<Display of Process 4>
OK
- 6 -
CO
2
span calibration
(Ex
䠅
When setting CO
2
density is 5.0% and actual CO
2
density is 4.5%:
Process Operation MENU
1
2
Put densitometer thorough the sample port at the front side of the unit to measure chamber CO
2
density.
Select Tools in the Top Screen.
Tools
3
4
5
Select Tools (1/2) is displayed. Select temp / CO
2
Calibration and press OK key.
By pressing digit shift key and numerical value shift key, input actual CO
2
䠄
4.5%
䠅
in the column CO
2
Span. Select OK and press ENTER key.
density
Automatically reverts to Select Tools (1/2) screen.
OK
OK
*Note
㻌
(1) Input range: +1.0% ~ -1.0% (per input).
(2) Repeat CO2 calibration for several times until displayed CO2 density will match with actual density.
(3) It is permitted to commence CO2 span calibration only when setting CO2 density is 5.0
䠂
.
䠘
Display of Process-2
䠚
䠘
Display of Process-3
CO
2
span calibration
䠚
- 7 -
O
2
span calibration
(Ex
䠅
When setting O
2
density is 5.0% and actual O
2
density is 4.5%:
Process Operation MENU
1
2
Put densitometer thorough the sample port at the front side of the unit to measure chamber O
2
density.
Select Tools in the Top Screen.
3
4
5
Select Tools (1/2) is displayed. Select temp / CO
2
Calibration and press OK key.
By pressing digit shift key and numerical value shift key, input actual O
2
䠄
4.5%
䠅
in the column O
2
Span. Select OK and press ENTER key.
density
Automatically reverts to Select Tools (1/2) screen.
*Note (1)
㻌
Input range: +1.0% ~ -1.0% (per input).
(2)
㻌
Repeat O2 calibration for several times until displayed CO2 density will match with actual density.
(3)
㻌
It is unacceptable to commence O2 span calibration when setting O2 density deviates
㻌
䡂
rom 18.0 ~ 22.0
䠂
.
㻌 㻌 㻌
There is a blank in the rignt side of
䇾
O2 Span
䇿
column.
䠘
Display of Process-2
䠚
䠘
Display of Process-3
䠚
O
2
span calibration
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣒 䣘 䣘 䣱 䣮 䣶
䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䣅 䣑 䢴 䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢵 䢰 䢻 䢳
䢵 䢰 䢳 䢸
䣘
䣘
䣑 䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢷 䢺 䣯 䣘
䢲 䢰 䢷 䤑䣅
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢹 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
Tools
OK
OK
- 8 -
㻌
CO
2
/O
2
zero calibration
㻌
㻌
Prior to commence calibration
z
Make sure chamber temperature should be stabilized, CO
2
sensor BOX temperature should be
45
䉝
±2
䉝
, setting CO
2
density should be 0.0% and setting O
2
density should be 20.0%.
z
Make sure there should not be left CO
2
in the chamber.
* Note) When you re-commence CO
2
calibration, outer door should be opened and make sure there should not be left CO
2
in the chamber.
Procedure
1. Call Select Tools (1/2) screen to display Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration.
2. Turn the VR3 around CN15 on the main PCB or measure the voltages both ends of R63 to make
CO
2
sensor reference cell voltage
䠄
CO2 Zero
䠅
to 4.00V±0.03V.
3. Turn the VR2 around CN3 on the main PCB or measure the voltages both ends of R40 to make
CO
2
sensor gas cell voltage
䠄
CO2 Span
䠅
to 4.00V±0.03V.
4. Input 0.0% by pressing digit shift key and numerical value shift key and “0.1”% besides right to the “CO2 Zero” being turned to black. (See the picture below)
5. Press MENU to call MENU display. Select OK and press ENTER key.
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣒 䣘 䣘 䣱 䣮 䣶
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢴 䢲 䢰 䢸 䢧
䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢴 䢲 䢰 䢸 䢧
䣑 䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲
䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲
䢴 䢳 䢻
䣘
䣘
䣯 䣘
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢴 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣘 䣱 䣮 䣶
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣔 䣧 䣨
䣉 䣣 䣵
䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲 䣘
䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲 䣘
䢲 䢰 䢷 䤑䣅
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢹 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
䣑 䢴 䣉 䣣 䣵 䢴 䢳 䢻 䣯 䣘
- 9 -
- 10 -
Connections on PCB
䕔
Connections on Main PCB
Usage
CN1
CN2
Power transformer
#1 - #2: AC8.5V
#3: GND
#4, #5: AC18V
Switching power supply
#1 - #2:
䠄
GND
䠅
, DC5V
CN3 CO
2
sensor
CN4
#1 - #2:
#3 - #4:
#5 - #6:
Overheat protect sensor
Temp. sensor
CO
2
BOX Temp. sensor
CN6
CN9
CN10
#1 - #2: Door switch
#3 - #6:
㻌
MCO-HP
䠄
Option
䠅
#7 - #8: Standard gas switch (Option)
#1 - #2: CO
2
#3 - #4: CO
2 valve 䠄 DC24V 䠅 auto changer valve (Option)
Remote alarm output
#1: COM
#2: N.O.
#3: N.C.
CN11 MTR-480 (Option)
CN12 #3 - #4: Hinge sub heater
CN13
CN14
#1 - #2: Buzzer PCB
#2: UV lamp, ballast
䠄
Option for MCO-19M
䠅
CN15 #1 - #3: Water sensor
CN16 O
2
sensor
CN17
CN20
CN21
CN302
CN303
#1 - #2: O
2
#3 - #4: O
2
A valve
B valve
#1 - #2: H
2
O
2
relay
䠄
DC24V
䠅䠄
Option
䠅
#3 - #4: Electric lock 䠄 DC24V 䠅䠄 Option 䠅
#5 - #6:
㻌
Standard gas valve
䠄
DC24V
䠅䠄
Option
䠅
Control PCB 䠄 KEY 䠅
Display PCB
䠄
LCD
䠅
#1: Top heater, Back heater, Side heater,
Flange heater
#3: Bottom side heater, Bottom front/back heater
#5: Front panel heater, Bimetal thermostat,
Door heater
#1: Temp. fuse 70 䉝 , CO
2
CO
2
heater B
heater A,
#3: Condensing fan motor
Power supply to PCB
Power supply to PCB
Control of CO
2
density
Detection of temperatures in the chamber
Detection of door opening
Control of CO
2 valve
Output for remote alarm contact
Open between #1 and #2 in normal condition.
Communication board
Control of hinge sub heater
Detection of water level in humidifying pan
Control of O
2
density
Control of O
2 valve
Control of heaters
Control of temperature in CO
2 sensor BOX
Control of condensing fan motor
- 11 -
Electric parts
MCO-19M/19M(UV)
Condensing fan motor
Temp. fuse 70 䉝
Flange heater
Door heater
Bottom front heater
Bottom front/back heater
CO2 heater A
CO2 heater B
Front panel heater
Bottom side heater R, L
Side heater R, L
Top heater
Back heater
Hinge sub heater R,L
Bimetal thermostat
CO2 sensor
O2 sensor
Water sensor
Overheat protect sensor
Temp. sensor
CO2 BOX temp. sensor
Ballast
(Option for MCO-19M)
UV lamp
(Option for MCO-19M)
Glow starter
(Option for MCO-19M)
Power transformer
AC115V, 60Hz
FL2-011Y1MP
110-115V
SF70U
250V, 7A
AC115V, 31W
432.7
ȍ
AC115V, 85W
156.9
ȍ
AC115V, 11.5W
1149 ȍ
AC115V, 10W
1308 ȍ
AC71V, 19.5W
254 ȍ
AC45V, 12.5W
160 ȍ
AC115V, 37W
353.7
ȍ
AC115V, 14W
945 ȍ
AC115V, 30W
441 ȍ
AC115V, 8.0W
1647 ȍ
AC115V, 12W
1104 ȍ
AC36V, 0.3W
4410 ȍ
TH-2U
ON:60 䉝 OFF:70 䉝
IR sensor
TPS2534
FCX-MW
OLS-10003S
5V
103AT-1
10K ȍ ,25
䉝
103AT-1
10K ȍ ,25 䉝
103AT-1
10K ȍ ,25
䉝
EKF-04115B1
115V, 4W
GL4
4W
FG-7P
ATR-HN231UT
8.5V, +/-18V
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
Rating
Resistance
Rating
Resistance
Rating
Resistance
Rating
Resistance
Rating
Resistance
Rating
Resistance
Rating
Resistance
Rating
Resistance
Rating
Resistance
Rating
Resistance
Rating
Resistance
Rating
Resistance
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
Type
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
Type
Type
Rating
AC230/240V, 50Hz
FL2-011Y5MP
220-240V
SF70U
250V, 7A
AC230V, 31W
1685.4
ȍ
AC230V, 85W
610.3
ȍ
AC230V, 10W
5319 ȍ
AC230V, 10W
15558.8
ȍ
AC141V, 19.5W
1014 ȍ
AC89V, 12.5W
639 ȍ
AC230V, 37W
1460 ȍ
AC230V, 14W
5290 ȍ
AC230V, 30W
1763 ȍ
AC230V, 8W
6590 ȍ
AC230V, 12W
4415 ȍ
AC36V, 0.3W
4410 ȍ
TH-2U
ON:60 䉝 OFF:70 䉝
IR sensor
TPS2534
FCX-MW
OLS-10003S
5V
103AT-1
10K ȍ ,25
䉝
103AT-1
10K ȍ ,25 䉝
103AT-1
10K ȍ ,25
䉝
EKF-04115B1
115V, 4W
GL4
4W
FG-7P
ATR-HN235T
8.5V, +/-18V
- 12 -
MCO-19M/19M(UV)
Power supply
DC5V
Power switch
Door switch
Noise filter
CO2 valve
O2 valve A/B
Power transformer
䠄 MCO-HL, option)
H2O2 relay
(MCO-HL, option)
Electric key
(MCO-HL, option)
Standard gas switch
(MCO-SG, option)
Standard gas valve
(MCO-SG, option)
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
ᆺᘧ
ᐃ᱁
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
Type
Rating
AC115V, 60Hz
HWS15-5
IN:85-265VAC
BAM210131
AC250V, 10A
SS160-A15
28V, 50MA
ZHG2210-11S
AC250V, 10A
FAB11-X2265
DC24V
FAB216212C
ATR-R502V
115V
G2R-1A-T
24V, 10A, 250V
LE-36
DC24V
SPS-35
5KPA
FAB11-X2265
DC24V
AC230/240V, 50Hz
ZWS15-5/J
5V, 3A
BAM210131
AC250V, 10A
SS160-A15
28V, 50MA
ZHG2210-11S
AC250V, 10A
FAB11-X2265
DC24V
FAB216212C
ATR-R502V
230V
G2R-1A-T
24V, 10A, 250V
LE-36
DC24V
SPS-35
5KPA
FAB11-X2265
DC24V
Wiring diagram
- 13 -
Circuit diagram
<Main PCB>
- 14 -
< LCD PCB >
- 15 -
Control specifications
(1) Setting range: 0.0
Υ
~50.0
Υ
(Default setting: 37.0
Υ
)
(2) Automatic set temperature alarm
High temperature alarm setting range: Set temperature +1.0~+5.0
Υ
(Default setting:+1.0
Υ
)
Low temperature alarm setting range: Set temperature -1.0~-5.0
Υ
(Default setting:-1.0
Υ
)
(3) Alarm delay time: 0~15 minutes (Default setting: 15 minutes)
(4) How to set temperature
In TopScreen, press MENU key and select Set to display Stand-by Setting screen.
Move a curser on “Temperature” and set a value by pressing numeric keys.
Press MENU key and select OK and press ENTER key to memorize the value.
(1) Setting range: 0.0%~20.0%(Default setting: 0.0%)
(2) Automatic set CO2 density alarm
High CO2 density alarm setting range: Set density +0.5%~+5.0% (Default setting: +1.0%)
Low CO2 density alarm setting range: Set density -0.5%~-5.0% (Default setting: -1.0%)
(3) Alarm delay time: 0~15 minutes (Default setting: 15 minutes)
(4) How to set CO2 density
In TopScreen, press MENU key and select Set to display Stand-by Setting screen.
Move a curser on “CO2 Density” and set a value by pressing numeric keys.
Press MENU key and select OK and press ENTER key to memorize the value.
(1) Setting range: 1.0%~80.0% (Default setting: 20.0%)
It is uncontrolled O2 density when O2 setting range is exceeding 18.0% and less than 22.0%.
(2) Automatic set O2 density alarm
High O2 density alarm setting range: Set density +0.5%~+5.0% (Default setting: +1.0%)
Low O2 density alarm setting range: Set density -0.5%~-5.0% (Default setting: -1.0%)
(3) Alarm delay time: 0~30 minutes (Default setting: 30 minutes)
(4) How to set O2 density
In TopScreen, press MENU key and select Set to display Stand-by Setting screen.
Move a curser on “O2 Density” and set a value by pressing numeric keys.
Press MENU key and select OK and press ENTER key to memorize the value.
4. Alarms, safety functions and self diagnosis functions
(1) Upper limit temperature alarm range:
Υ
~51
Υ
When a chamber temperature is over the setting upper limit temperature, OVERHEAT indicator will illuminate, buzzer will sound continuously and remote alarm will be active.
- 16 -
(2) Automatic set temperature alarm
Setting range: Set temperature +/-1.0
Υ ~+/-5.0
Υ (Default setting: +/-1.0
Υ )
When a chamber temperature deviates from alarm setting range, the digits displaying current chamber temperature will start blinking.
The following message will be displayed after an alarm delay time elapses.
“Warning:High Temp” --- For high temperature alarm
“Warning:Low Temp” --- For low temperature alarm
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
(3) Automatic set CO2 density alarm
Setting range: Set CO2 density +/-0.5%~+/-5.0% (Default setting: +/-1.0%)
When a CO2 density deviates from alarm setting range, the digits displaying current CO2 density will start blinking.
The following message will be displayed after an alarm delay time (0~15minutes) elapses.
“Warning:High CO2 Density” --- For high CO2 density alarm
“Warning:Low CO2 Density” --- For low CO2 density alarm
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
(4) Automatic set O2 density alarm
Setting range: Set O2 density +/-0.5%~+/-5.0% (Default setting: +/-1.0%)
When a O2 density deviates from alarm setting range, the digits displaying current O2 density will start blinking.
The following message will be displayed after an alarm delay time (0~30minutes) elapses.
“Waring:High O2 Density” --- For high O2 density alarm
“Warning:Low O2 Density” --- For low O2 density alarm
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
If there are no key operations for 90seconds in each setting screen, the setting mode will be forcibly to the end and Top screen will be appeared.
(6) Key Lock
When Key Lock is active, the following message will be displayed on the stand-by setting screen.
“Key Lock” --- Key Lock is active
It is not permitted to change a stand-by setting value.
Setting range of door alarm delay time: 1~30 minutes (Default setting: 2 minutes)
If an outer door is left opened, the following message will be displayed on the status screen.
“Door:Open” --- Outer door is left opened
Buzzer will sound intermittently after a door delay time elapses.
- 17 -
(8) Err01: CO2 gas cylinder becomes empty
If a chamber CO2 density is not increased in spite that a CO2 valve is left opened, the following message will be displayed.
“Err01: CO2 Gas Empty”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
When an Automatic CO2 Cylinder Changeover System (MCO-21GC) is installed optionally, CO2 supply line will be automatically switched to another line.
The indication of CO2 cylinder which becomes empty will start blinking.
(9) Err02: N2/O2 gas cylinder becomes empty
If a chamber O2 density is not increased in spite that a N2/O2 valve is left opened, the following message will be displayed.
“Err02: N2/O2 Gas Empty”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
N2/O2 supply line will be automatically switched to another line.
The indication of N2/O2 cylinder which becomes empty will start blinking.
(10) Err03: It is wrong CO2 gas connection
If a chamber CO2 density is increased in spite that a CO2 valve is closed, the following message will be displayed.
“Err03: CO2 Gas Connect Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
(11) Err04: It is wrong N2/O2 gas connection
If a chamber O2 density is changed wrongly when a N2/O2 valve is opened, the following message will be displayed.
“Err04: N2/O2 Gas Connect Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
(12) Err05, Err06: Temp. sensor is abnormal
When a temp. sensor is disconnected or short circuited, the following message will be displayed.
“Err05: Temp Sensor Open” --- Temp. sensor is disconnected
“Err06: Temp Sensor Short” --- Temp. sensor is short circuited
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
(13) Err07, Err08: CO2 Box temp. sensor is abnormal
When a CO2 Box temp. sensor is disconnected or short circuited, the following message will be displayed.
“Err07: CO2S Box Temp Sensor Open”
“Err08: CO2S Box Temp Sensor Short”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
(14) Err09, Err10: Ambient temp. sensor is abnormal
When an ambient temp. sensor on the Main PCB is disconnected or short circuited, the following message will be displayed.
“Err09: AT Sensor Open”
“Err10: AT Sensor Short”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
- 18 -
(15) Err11, Err12: CO2 sensor is abnormal
When a CO2 sensor Vref voltage or CO2 sensor Vgas voltage is abnormal, the following message will be displayed.
“Err11: CO2 Sensor Vref Abnormal”
“Err12: CO2 Sensor Vgas Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
(16) Err13: Main heater is abnormal
When a main heater is disconnected or main heater SSR is short circuited, the following message will be displayed.
“Err13: Main Heater Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
(17) Err14: Bottom heater is abnormal
When a bottom heater is disconnected or bottom heater SSR is short circuited, the following message will be displayed.
“Err14: Humidity Heater Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
(18) Err15: Door heater is abnormal
When a door heater is disconnected or door heater SSR is short circuited, the following message will be displayed.
“Err15: Door heater Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
(19) Err16: CO2 sensor Box heater is abnormal
When a CO2 sensor Box heater is disconnected or CO2 sensor Box heater SSR is short circuited, the following message will be displayed.
“Err16: CO2S Box Heater Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
(20) Err:17: SSR for main heater, bottom heater, door heater or CO2 sensor box heater is
disconnected
When a SSR for main heater, bottom heater, door heater and CO2 sensor box heater is disconnected, the following message will be displayed.
“Err17: Heater SSR Open”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
(21) Err18: UV lamp failure
When a UV lamp burns out or UV lamp circuit is abnormal, the following message will be displayed.
“Err18: UV Lamp Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
Note) UV lamp is optional components (MCO-19UVS) for MCO-19M.
(22) Notice of UV lamp life
When UV lamp accumulation time expires approx. 1000 hours, the following message will be displayed.
“Warning: UV Life”
- 19 -
(23) Err19: O2 sensor is abnormal
When a measured voltage in O2 sensor is abnormal, the following message will be displayed.
“Err19: O2 sensor Abnormal”
Buzzer will sound intermittently and remote alarm will be active.
(24) Low humidifying water
When a water sensor detects there is no water in humidifying pan, the following message will be displayed.
“RH PAN”
(25) Err31, Err32, Err33: H2O2 system check failure a) When H2O2 Decontamination kit is not installed (H2O2 Decontamination kit is optional components for MCO19M and MCO19M(UV)) before starting H2O2 decontamination,
“Err31:H2O2 Unit No Connect” will be displayed. b) When H2O2 decontamination reagent is short or H2O2 water sensor is failure before starting
H2O2 decontamination, “Err32: H2O2 level is Low” will be displayed. c) When an outer door is left opened before starting H2O2 decontamination, “Err33: Door is
Opening” will be displayed.
(26) Err34, Err35, Err36, Err37: Failure during H2O2 decontamination a) When it is not detected completion of H2O2 generating if the setting time is extended, “Err34:
H2O2 Volume” will be displayed. b) When a power is interrupted during H2O2 decontamination, “Err35: Power Failed” will be displayed after the unit retrieves from power failure. c) When UV lamp malfunctions during UV resolution, “Err36: UV Lamp Failure” will be displayed. d) When a power is interrupted during UV resolution, “Err37: Power Failed” will be displayed.
(27) Err41: System check error at starting standard gas calibration
When a device detects standard gas becomes empty at starting at standard gas calibration,
“Err41: Std Gas Empty” will be displayed.
(28) Err41: System check error during standard gas calibration
When a device detects standard gas becomes empty during standard gas calibration, “Err41: Std
Gas Empty” will be displayed.
- 20 -
5. Linkage between remote alarm and buzzer
Setting of linkage between remote alarm and buzzer
“0” --- Remote alarm is inactive by pressing BUZZER key.
“1” --- Remote alarm isn’t inactive by pressing BUZZER key.
Contact output
At normal
At alarming or power failure
Between N.O. and COM.
Open
Close
Between N.C. and COM.
Close
Open
Condition Display
High temperature alarm “Warning:High Temp”
Low temperature alarm
High CO2 density alarm
“Warning:Low Temp”
“Warning:High CO2 Density”
Low CO2 density alarm
High O2 density alarm
Notice of UV lamp life
“Warning:Low CO2 Density”
“Warning:High O2 Density”
“Warning:UV Life”
CO2 gas becomes empty
N2/O2 gas becomes empty
Wrong connection of CO2 line
Wrong connection of N2/O2 line
Temp. sensor is disconnected
Temp. sensor is short circuited
CO2 sensor box temp sensor is disconnected
CO2 sensor box temp. sensor is short circuited
“Err01:CO2 Gas Empty”
“Err02:N2/O2 Gas Empty”
“Err03:CO2 Gas Connect Abnormal”
“Err04:N2/O2 Gas Connect Abnormal”
“Err05:Temp Sensor Open”
“Err06:Temp Sensor Short”
“Err07:CO2S Box Temp Sensor Open”
“Err08:CO2S Box Temp Sensor Short”
Ambient temp. sensor on PCB is disconnected
Ambient temp. sensor on PCB is short circuited
CO2 sensor Vref voltage is abnormal
CO2 sensor Vgas voltage is abnormal
“Err09:AT Sensor Open”
“Err10:AT Sensor Short”
“Err11:CO2 Sensor Vref Abnormal”
“Err12:CO2 Sensor Vgas Abnormal”
Main heater is disconnected, SSR is short circuited “Err13:Main Heater Abnormal”
Bottom heater is disconnected, SSR is short circuited “Err14:Humidity Heater Abnormal”
Door heater is disconnected, SSR is short circuited “Err15:Door Heater Abnormal”
CO2 sensor box heater is disconnected, SSR is short “Err16:CO2S Box Heater Abnormal” circuited
SSR for each heater is disconnected
UV lamp malfunction
O2 sensor malfunction
H2O2 decontamination kit is unconnected
H2O2 level is low, water sensor malfunction
Door open at starting at H2O2 decontamination
H2O2 volume is abnormal
“Err17:Heater SSR Open”
“Err18:UV Lamp Abnormal”
“Err19:O2 Sensor Abnormal”
“Err31:H2O2 Unit No Connect”
“Err32:H2O2 Level”
“Err33:Door is Opening”
“Err34:H2O2 Volume”
Power is interrupted during H2O2 decontamination “Err35:Power Failed”
UV lamp malfunctions during UV resolution “Err36:UV Lamp Failure”
Power is interrupted during UV resolution
Standard gas becomes empty
“Err37:Power Failed”
“Err41:Std Gas Empty”
- 21 -
If BUZZER key is pressed to stop buzzer sounding during an apparatus is in alarm conditions, the buzzer will sound again after predetermined setting time elapses.
(1) Setting range of Ring Back time
1~99 minutes (Default setting: 30 minutes), 0 minute --- Not Ring Back
(2) Remote alarm and buzzer
Linkage between remote alarm and buzzer
0 minute
(Not Ring Back)
Not linked (Default)
Ring Back 1~99 minutes Buzzer sounds again and setting time active
Linked
Buzzer sounds again and
Buzzer does not sound Buzzer does not sound again again and remote alarm and remote alarm is not remains active active again
Alarming condition is noticed by sounding buzzer and activating remote alarm after predetermined delay time elapses.
(1) CO2 density alarm: 1~15 minutes (Default setting: 15 minutes), 0 minute --- Not delayed
(2) O2 density alarm :1~30 minutes (Default setting: 30 minutes)
Note:O2 density alarm will emit after twice of setting time elapses.
Function #
019
020
101
925
Functions
Initialization of CO2 zero/span calibration coefficient
For CO2 zero calibration = 500
For CO2 span calibration = 700
Initialization of O2 zero/span calibration coefficient
For O2 zero calibration = 500
For O2 span calibration (N2 mode) = 500
For O2 span calibration (O2 mode) = 500
Display of Key Lock password
Initialization of non-volatile memory
- 22 -
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䣅
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄 䣑 䢴
䢷 䢰 䢲
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄
䢷 䢰 䢲
㻌
㻌
Operational specifications of LCD panel
<Top Screen>
Turn the power switch on and Top Screen is displayed.
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄 䣑 䢴
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑 䣍
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄
䢷 䢰 䢲 z Setting temperature: Digits in the right side of “Temp”
The digits are displayed in reverse video when heater is active. z Setting CO2 density: Digits in the right side of “CO2”
The digits are displayed in reverse video when CO2 valve is active. z Setting O2 density: Digits in the right side of “O2”
㻌 The digits are displayed in reverse video when O2/N2 valve is active. z Current temperature: Large digits in the left side z Current CO2 density: Large digits in the center z Current O2 density: Large digits in the right side z Status field: Status of UV lamp, humidifying water and door z Message field: Message is displayed when an apparatus is in low humidifying water level, door open, high/low temperature alarm, high/low CO2 density alarm and high/low O2 density alarm.
When an apparatus is in normal condition, “OK” is displayed. z CO2 Auto changer display: “A” or “B” in the right side of setting CO2 density is displayed when an optional
Automatic CO2 cylinder changeover system (MCO-21GC) is installed.
Either “A” or “B” displayed in reverse video means that alternative CO2 cylinder between A and B is current using.
When a current used cylinder becomes empty, digits in reverse video starts blinking.
In Top Screen, press right shift key ( 䊻 ) for 3 seconds to switch valve control from A to B.
In Top Screen, press left shift key ( 䊹 ) for 3 seconds to swtich valve control from B to A. z N2/O2 Auto changer display: Either “A” or “B” displayed in reverse video in the right side of setting O2 density
means the alternative O2 cylinder is current using.
When a current using cylinder becomes empty, digits in reverse video starts blinkking.
In Top Screen, press down key ( 䊼 ) for 3 seconds to switch valve control from A to B.
In Top Scrreen, press up key ( 䊺 ) for 3 seconds to switch valve control from B to A.
- 23 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌 㻌 㻌
<Alarm display>
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢵 䢺 䢰 䢷
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣙 䣣 䣴 䣰 䣫 䣰 䣩 䢼 䣊 䣫 䣩 䣪 䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄
䢷 䢰 䢲
㻌
㻌 z High/low temperature alarm: When high/low temperature alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is not expired,
digits of current chamber temperature display starts blinking. z High/low CO2 density alarm: When high/low CO2 density alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is not expired,
digits of current CO2 density display starts blinking. z Hihg/low O2 density alarm: When high/low O2 density alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is not expired,
digits of current O2 density display starts blinking. z When high temperature alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is expired;
“Warning : High Temp” is displayed in the message field z When low temperature alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is expired;
“Warning : Low Temp” is displayed in the message field. z When high CO2 density alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is expired;
“Warning : High CO2 Density “ is displayed in the message field. z When low CO2 density alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is expired;
“Warning: Low CO2 Density” is displayed in the message field. z When high O2 density alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is expired;
“Warning: High O2 Density” is displayed in the message field. z When low O2 density alarm is occurred and alarm delay time is expired;
“Warning: Low O2 Density” is displayed in the message field.
- 24 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
<Status of door>
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 凬 䣑 䣲 䣧 䣰
㻌
When an outer door is open, “Door : Open” is displayed in reverse video in the right side of Status field.
㻌
When an outer door is closed, blank display.
㻌 㻌 㻌
<Status of RH Pan>
㻌
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵 䣔 䣊 䣒 䣃 䣐
㻌
㻌
When humidifying water becomes empty, “RH PAN” is displayed in reverse video in the center of Status field.
When humidifying water is fully filled, blank display.
<Status of UV lamp>
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄
㻌
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵 䣗 䣘
㻌 㻌
When UV lamp illuminates, “UV” is displayed in reverse video in the left side of Status field.
When UV lamp does not illuminate, blank display.
- 25 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
Press MENU key to display MENU or to activate MENU operations.
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
㻌
<Automatic elimination of MENU key>
When MENU key is displayed and there is no key operation for 1 minute, MENU key is automatically eliminated from the display.
<Renewal of display>
When MENU key is not displayed, the display is renewal once for an hour.
- 26 -
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
3. MENU/Set - Various settings
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅 䣑 䢴
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
㻌
㻌 㻌
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰 䣦 䢯 䣤 䣻 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䣧 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣴 䣧 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢪 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅 䢯 䢷 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢫
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣆 䣧 䣰 䣵 䣫 䣶 䣻
䣆 䣧 䣰 䣵 䣫 䣶 䣻
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢪
䢪 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢯 䢴 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䢳 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢯 䢳 䢺 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䢪 䢴 䢴 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢯 䢺 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣗 䣰 䣮 䣱 䣥 䣭 䢳 䢰 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䢫
㻌
䣊 䣫 䣩 䣪 䣎 䣫 䣯 䣫 䣶 䢷 䢴 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
<Setting of chamber temperature>
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select Set.
Press ENTER key to display current setting temperature in the right side of “Temperature “ column in “Stand-by Setting” display.
Input required value and press MENU key and select OK in reverse video.
Press ENTER key to memorize the input value.
Setting range is 0 ~ 50.0
䉝 .
㻌
Note) Maximum 50.0
䉝 for settable value. Error tone is not emit if you input a value over 50.0
䉝 .
<Setting of CO2 density>
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select Set.
Press ENTER key to display current setting CO2 density in the right side of “CO2 Density” column
In “Stand-by Setting” display.
Input required value and press MENU key and select OK in reverse video.
Press ENTER key to memorize the input value.
Setting range is 0 ~ 20.0%.
Note) Maximum 20.0% for settable value. Error tone is not emit if you input a value over 20.0%.
<Setting of O2 density>
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select Set.
Press ENTER key to display current setting O2 density in the right side of “O2 Density” column
In “Stand-by Setting” display.
Input required value and press MENU key and select OK in reverse video.
Press ENTER key to memorize the input value.
Setting range is 1~80.0%. (Controllable range: 1~18.0%, 22.0%~80.0%)
Note) O2 is set to 1.0% when you input a value lower than 1.0% and is set to 80.0% when you input a value over 80.0%. Error tone is not emit.
Note) Press ENTER key with “Cancel” displayed in reverse video to cancel the setting change.
<Display of high limit setting temperature>
High limit setting temperature is displayed in the right side of “High Limit” column in “Stand-by Setting” display.
Setting range is 35
䉝
~51
䉝
.
When a chamber temperature is over high limit setting temperature, LED illuminates and audible alarm sounds continuously. (The audible alarm will not stop sounding if BUZZER key is pressed)
- 27 -
㻌
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰 䣦 䢯 䣤 䣻 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䣧 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣴 䣧 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢪
䣍 䣧 䣻
䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅 䢯
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䢷 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢫
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣆 䣧 䣰 䣵 䣫 䣶 䣻
䣆 䣧 䣰 䣵 䣫 䣶 䣻
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢪 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢯 䢴 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䢪 䢳 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢯 䢳 䢺 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䢪 䢴 䢴 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢯 䢺 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䣒 䣣 䣵 䣵 䣹 䣱 䣴 䣦 䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䢲
㻌
䣊 䣫 䣩 䣪
<Key Lock>
䣎 䣫 䣯 䣫 䣶
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩
䢷 䢴 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢳 䢲 䢲
䣧 䣶 䣥
㻌
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select Set.
Press ENTER key to display current Key Lock status in the right side of “Key Lock “ column in “Stand-by Setting” display.
Select “OK” and press ENTER key to memorize the setting.
“1” : Key Lock is active
“0” : Key Lock is inactive
When Key Lock is active, setting chamber temperature, setting CO2 density and setting O2 density are unchangeable.
Note) Key Lock status will not be changed if you select “Cancel” in MENU key.
<How to inactivate Key Lock>
Change a value from “1” to “0” in the right side of “Key Lock” column.
Press ENTER key to display “Password “ and input password and press ENTER key.
“Key Lock” will be disappeared from the upper right side in “Stand-by Setting” display after the buzzer sounds shortly.
Press MENU key and select “OK” and press ENTER key to memorize the setting.
Note) Key Lock status will not be changed if you select “Cancel” in MENU key.
When an input value corresponds to password, the buzzer sounds shortly and password input display and “Key Lock”
In “Stand-by Setting” display will be disappeared. Setting value is changeable.
When an input value does not correspond to password, the buzzer sounds for 1.5 seconds. Stand-by for password input.
䣍 䣇 䣛 䣡 䣒 䣙 凬 䢲 䢲 䢲 䢲
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣑 䢴
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣑 䢴
䣗 䣘 䣎 䣫 䣨 䣧
䣏 䣱 䣦 䣧 䣮 䣅 䣱 䣦 䣧
䣈 䣷 䣰 䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䢳 䢲 䢲
䢳 䢲 䢲
䢲 䢧
䢲
䢳 䢲 䢳 䢪 䢳 䢲 䢳 䢰 䣒 䣙 䢻 䢴 䢷 䢰 䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䢫
㻌
<When it fails to remember Key Lock password>
In Top Screen, press MENU key to select Tools and press ENTER key.
“Select Tools Svc” display is displayed and select “Analog Calibration etc” display.
Input “101” in the right side of “Function” column and press ENTER key.
Key Lock password is displayed in the upper right side of display.
(Factory default password: 0000)
䢲
䢴 䢲 䢧
䢲
䢻 䢲 䢧
䢲
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹
䢵 䢹 䢰
䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䢷 䢲 䣅 䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢲 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹 䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
䢳 䢴
䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢲 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹
䢳 䢴
䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢲 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹
䢳 䢴
䢴 䢶
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䢴 䢶
䢴 䢶
- 28 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹
䢵 䢹 䢰
䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䢷 䢲 䤑䣅
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢲 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䢲
䢴 䢲 䢧
䢳 䢴
䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢲 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹
䢴 䢶
㻌
䣅 䣑 䢴
㻌
㻌
㻌
䢲
䢻 䢲 䢧
䢳 䢴
䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢲 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹 䣑 䢴
䢴 䢶
㻌
㻌
䢲 䢳 䢴 䢴 䢶
㻌
<Display of Log> z
Data log for chamber temperature, CO2 density and O2 density are displayed by dot. z 24 hours recording per page z
Display range: 5~50
䉝
for chamber temperature, 0~22.5% for CO2 density, 0~90.0% for O2 density z Gradations: 5 for chamber temperature, 2.5 for CO2 density, 10 for O2 density z Every press up shift key ( 䊺 ) and down shift key ( 䊼 ), it appears temperature display or
CO2 density display or O2 density display in turn. z Date and time will be oldered by pressing left shift key ( 䊹 ). z Date and time will be updated by pressing right shift key (
䊻
). z Recording time: 2~30 minutes (Factory default: 6 minutes) per day z Recording period: 2 weeks z Display resolution: 1 䉝 per dot for temperature, 0.5% per dot for CO2, 2.0% per dot for O2, 10minutes per dot z Older log data will be rewritten if log data is full recorded. z When you select “Clear” in MENU key and press ENTER key to display confirmation display.
Select “OK” in MENU key and press ENTER key to eliminate all log data.
- 29 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹
䢵 䢹 䢰
䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
㻌
㻌
㻌
䢷 䢲 䤑䣅
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣒 䣅 䢳 䣆
䣒 䣅 䣃 䣮 䣮
䣅 䣮 䣧 䣣 䣴
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䢴 䢶
㻌
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣴 䣶
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䢲
䣒 䣴 䣱 䣩 䣴 䣧 䣵 䣵
䢳 䢴
㻿 䣧 㼚 㼐 㼘 㼛 㼓 㼐 㼍 㼠 㼍 㼠 㼛 㻼 㻯 㻚
䣎 䣱 䣩 䣆 䣣 䣶 䣣 䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢲 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹
䣒 䣴 䣱 䣩 䣴 䣧 䣵 䣵
㻿 䣧 㼚 㼐 㼘 㼛 㼓 㼐 㼍 㼠 㼍 㼠 㼛 㻼 㻯 㻚
䣎 䣱 䣩 䣆 䣣 䣶 䣣 䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢲 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹
䣕 䣧 䣰 䣦 䣫 䣰 䣩 䢰 䢰 䢰 䢴 䢷 䢸
䣒 䣴 䣱 䣩 䣴 䣧 䣵 䣵
㻿 䣧 㼚 㼐 㼘 㼛 㼓 㼐 㼍 㼠 㼍 㼠 㼛 㻼 㻯 㻚
䣎 䣱 䣩 䣆 䣣 䣶 䣣 䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢲 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹
䣈 䣫 䣰 䣫 䣵 䣪 䣧 䣦 䢰 䢰 䢴 䢷 䢸
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕
䣅
䣶 䣣 䣴 䣶
䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣴 䣶
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
㻌
㻌
- 30 -
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹
䢵 䢹 䢰
䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䢷 䢲 䤑䣅 䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹
䢲 䢳 䢴
䣒 䣴 䣱 䣩 䣴 䣧 䣵 䣵
㻿 䣧 㼚 㼐 㼘 㼛 㼓 㼐 㼍 㼠 㼍 㼠 㼛 㻼 㻯 㻚
䣎 䣱 䣩 䣆 䣣 䣶 䣣 䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢲 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣒 䣅 䢳 䣆
䣒 䣅 䣃 䣮 䣮
䣅 䣮 䣧 䣣 䣴
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䢴 䢶
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣴 䣶
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣒 䣴 䣱 䣩 䣴 䣧 䣵 䣵
㻿 䣧 㼚 㼐 㼘 㼛 㼓 㼐 㼍 㼠 㼍 㼠 㼛 㻼 㻯 㻚
䣎 䣱 䣩 䣆 䣣 䣶 䣣 䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢲 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹
䣕 䣧 䣰 䣦 䣫 䣰 䣩 䢰 䢰 䢰 䢴 䢷 䢸
䣒 䣴 䣱 䣩 䣴 䣧 䣵 䣵
㻿 䣧 㼚 㼐 㼘 㼛 㼓 㼐 㼍 㼠 㼍 㼠 㼛 㻼 㻯 㻚
䣎 䣱 䣩 䣆 䣣 䣶 䣣 䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢲 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹
䣈 䣫 䣰 䣫 䣵 䣪 䣧 䣦 䢰 䢰 䢴 䢷 䢸
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕
䣅
䣶 䣣 䣴 䣶
䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣴 䣶
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌 㻌 䠘
Transferring 1day Log data to PC>
Note) It is necessary to set Hyper terminal in PC side.
In Top Screen is displayed and press MENU key and select “Log”.
Press ENTER key to display Log data.
Display required Log data by pressing left and right shift key (
䊹㻌 䊻
).
Display MENU key and select “PC 1D” and press ENTER key to display “Progress” in the upper left side.
Select “Start” in MENU key and press ENTER key to transfer 1day Log data to PC with displaying “Sending..” and quantity of transferring data in the lower side.
“Finished..” will be displayed when transferring 1day Log data is complete.
Note) Select “Cancel” in MENU key and press ENTER key to return to Top Screen.
䢷 䢲 䤑 䣅 䢴 䢲 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣒 䣅 䢳 䣆
䣒 䣅 䣃 䣮 䣮
䣅 䣮 䣧 䣣 䣴
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
䢲
<Transferring all Log data to PC>
䢳 䢴
Note) It is necessary to set Hyper terminal in PC side.
In Top Screen is displayed and press MENU key and select “Log”.
Press ENTER key to display Log data.
Display required Log data by pressing left and right shift key ( 䊹㻌 䊻 ).
䢴 䢶
㻌
Display MENU key and select “PC All” and press ENTER key to display “Progress” in the upper left side.
Select “Start” in MENU key and press ENTER key to transfer all Log data to PC with displaying “Sending..” and quantity of transferring data in the lower side.
“Finished..” will be displayed when transferring 1day Log data is complete.
Note) Select “Cancel” in MENU key and press ENTER key to return to Top Screen.
<Setting in PC for transferring log data> (For Windows 2000 and Windows XP)
From Window Start Button, select Program – Accessories – Communications – HiperTerminal to start the HyperTerminal. (If the HyperTerminal is not available from the Start Menu, execute the following file:
C:¥Program Files¥Windows NT¥hypertrm.exe.)
In the HyperTerminal Window, set a new connection, the name (for example, Sanyo), connection settings,
Method of connection, COM1, properties of COM1, and port.
Baud rate: 9,600, Data bits: 8, Parity:None, Stop bits:1, Flow control: Xon/Xoff
(The communications condition of the Incubator will be set automatically to the above settings when the
Progress Display appears.)
Note) Optional RS232C/RS485 Interface MTR-480 (RS-232C/RS-485) is required to transfer data.
- 31 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
4. Various calibrations
<Temperature calibration 䠄 Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration 䠅 >
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䢲
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣕
䣖
䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱
䣶 䣖 䣱
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱
䣱 䣮 䣵
䣑 䢴
䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴
䣅 䣣 䣮
䢫
䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯 䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱 䣆 䣃 䣓 䣕 䣧
䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣗 䣘
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣆 䣣 䣶
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧
䣰 䣩
䣒 䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣱 䣰
䣏 䣇 䣐
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣗
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣒 䣘 䣘 䣱 䣮 䣶
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢵 䢰 䢻 䢳 䣘
䢵 䢰 䢳 䢸 䣘
䢲 䢰 䢷 䤑䣅
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢹 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
㻌
䣑 䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢷 䢺 䣯 䣘 䢷 䢲 䢲
1. In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
㻌
Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” display.
2. Select ”Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration” and press ENTER key to display “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration (1/2)”.
Input actual measured value in the right side of “Temp Span” column.
3. Press MENU key and select “OK”. Press ENTER key to start temperature calibration automatically.
4. Repeat the calibration until display temperature corresponds to the actual temperature.
Note
䠅
Input range per calibration is within ±1.0
䉝
against display value.
㻌 㻌
Ex.
䠅
When set temperature is 37.0
䉝
and actual temperature is 36.5
䉝
㻌
㻌
㻌
0 Place temperature sensor in the center of the chamber and leave the apparatus until it is stabilized.
1 In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools” and press ENTER key.
2 Select ”Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration” in “Select Tools (1/2)” display.
3 Press MENU key and select ”OK” and press ENTER key.
4 Input “36.5” in the right side of “Temp Span” column in the “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration (1/2)” display.
5 Press MENU key and select “OK” and press ENTER key.
6
“Select Tools 㻌 䠄 1/2 䠅 ” display is appeared.
Tools
OK
OK
- 32 -
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣒 䣘 䣘 䣱 䣮 䣶
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䢲 䢰 䢲 䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䣅
䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢴 䢲 䢰 䢸 䢧
䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢴 䢲 䢰 䢸 䢧
䣑 䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲
䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲
䢴 䢳 䢻
䣘
䣘
䣯 䣘
䢲 䢰 䢷 䣅
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢹 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢴 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣘 䣱 䣮 䣶
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣔 䣧 䣨
䣉 䣣 䣵
䣉 䣣 䣵
䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲
䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲
䢴 䢳 䢻
䣘
䣘
䣯 䣘
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹
䢵 䢹 䢰
䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕
䣖
䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱
䣶 䣖 䣱
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱
䣱 䣮 䣵
䣑 䢴
䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴
䣅 䣣 䣮
䢫
䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯 䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱 䣆 䣃 䣓 䣕 䣧
䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣗 䣘
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣆 䣣 䣶
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧
䣰 䣩
䣒 䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣱 䣰
䣏 䣇 䣐
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣗
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣒 䣘 䣘 䣱 䣮 䣶
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䣅
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢵 䢰 䢻 䢳 䣘
䢵 䢰 䢳 䢸 䣘
䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢷 䢺 䣯 䣘
䢲 䢰 䢷 䣅
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢹 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
㻌
㻌
㻌
<CO2 zero calibration / O2 zero carlibration
㸦
CO2 Zero, O2 Zero >
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣒 䣘 䣘 䣱 䣮 䣶
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱 䢴 䢲 䢰 䢸 䢧
䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢴 䢲 䢰 䢸 䢧
䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲
䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲
䣘
䣘
䢲 䢰 䢷 䤑䣅
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢹 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
㻌
䣑 䢴 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢴 䢳 䢻 䣯 䣘 䢷 䢲 䢲
㻌
1. Turn the power on and set chamber temperature and set CO2 sensor box temperature in 45
䉝㻗㻛㻙㻞䉝
and set
CO2 density in 0.0% and set O2 density in 20.0%. Leave the apparatus until stabilized.
2. Display “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration” in “Select Tools (1/2)” display.
Access VR3 near CN15 to adjust CO2 sensor reference cell voltage (CO2 Zero) to within 4.00V+/- 0.03V.
Access VR2 hear CN3 to adjust CO2 sensor gas cell voltage (CO2 Span) to within 4.00V+/- 0.03V.
3. Input “0.0” besides “CO2 Zero” column and press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key to perform CO2 and O2 zero calibration.
The voltages based on CO2 and O2 zer point are memorized.
Note) It is possible to input “0.0” besides “CO2 Zero” column only when CO2 setting is 0.0% and O2 setting is
18.0~22.0%.
It is impossible to input a value besides “O2 Zero” column.
CO2 and O2 zero calibration are done simultaneously. (It is impossible to calibrate CO2 or O2 individually)
When CO2 setting is 0.0%, there is a blank besides “CO2 Span” column.
When O2 setting is 18.0~22.0%, there is a blank besides “O2 Span” column.
㻌
<Voltage based on CO2/O2 zero point >
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢴 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣘 䣱 䣮 䣶
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣔 䣧 䣨
䣉 䣣 䣵
䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲 䣘
䢶 䢰 䢲 䢲 䣘
㻌
䣑 䢴 䣉 䣣 䣵 䢴 䢳 䢻 䣯 䣘
㻌
In “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration (1/2)” display, the display switches to alternately ”Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration (1/2)” with
“Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration (2/2)”, every press right shift key ( 䊻 ) or left shift key ( 䊹 ).
The voltage shown in the right side of “CO2 Ref” column is CO2 sensor reference cell voltage which is memorized in the zero calibration.
The voltage shown in the right side of “CO2 Gas” column is CO2 sensor gas cell voltage which is memorized in the zero calibration.
The voltage shown in the right side of “O2 Gas” column is O2 sensor voltage which is memorized in the zero calibration.
- 33 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
<CO2 span calibration>
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣒 䣘 䣘 䣱 䣮 䣶
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢵 䢰 䢻 䢳 䣘
䢵 䢰 䢳 䢸 䣘
䢷 䢺 䣯 䣘
1. In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
2. Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and select “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration”.
3. Press ENTER key to display “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration (1/2)”.
4. Input a CO2 measured value in the right side of “CO2 Span”.
5. Press MENU key and select “OK”.
6. Press ENTER key to start CO2 calibration automatically.
㻌 㻌 㻌 Perform CO2 calibration until display CO2 density corresponds to actual CO2 density.
Note) It is impossible to perform CO2 span calibration when setting CO2 density is 0.0
䠂
There is a blank in the right side of “CO2 Span” column.
Ex.
䠅 When CO2 density setting is 5.0% and actual CO2 density is 4.5%;
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
䢲 䢰 䢷 䤑䣅
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢹 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
Measure CO2 density by sampling port in the front of inner door.
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and select “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration”.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key to display “Temp/CO2/O2 (1/2)”. Input “4.5” in the right side of “CO2
Span” column.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key to return the display to “Select Tools (1/2)”.
㻌
Tools
OK
OK
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣒 䣘 䣘 䣱 䣮 䣶
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䣅
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢵 䢰 䢻 䢳 䣘
䢵 䢰 䢳 䢸 䣘
䢷 䢺 䣯 䣘
䢲 䢰 䢷 䣅
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢹 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
- 34 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
<O2 span calibration>
㻌
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣒 䣘 䣘 䣱 䣮 䣶
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰 䢲 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣑 䢴
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䣜 䣧 䣴 䣱
䣕 䣲 䣣 䣰
䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢵 䢰 䢻 䢳 䣘
䢵 䢰 䢳 䢸 䣘
䢷 䢺 䣯 䣘
䢲 䢰 䢷 䤑䣅
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢹 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
䢷 䢲 䢲
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌 㻌
1. In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
2. Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and select “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration”.
3. Press ENTER key to display “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration (1/2)”.
4. Input a O2 measured value in the right side of “O2 Span”.
5. Press MENU key and select “OK”.
6. Press ENTER key to start O2 calibration automatically.
㻌 㻌 㻌 Perform O2 calibration until display CO2 density corresponds to actual CO2 density.
Note) It is impossible to perform O2 span calibration when setting O2 density deviates from 18.0~22.0%.
There is a blank in the right side of “O2 Span” column.
Ex.
䠅 When O2 density setting is 5.0% and actual O2 density is 4.5%;
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Measure O2 density by sampling port in the front of inner door.
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and select “Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration”.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key to display “Temp/CO2/O2 (1/2)”. Input “4.5” in the right side of “O2
Span” column.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key to return the display to “Select Tools (1/2)”.
Tools
OK
OK
- 35 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
5. Various alarms
<Setting of alarms>
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣖 䣧
䣶
䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴
䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴
䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䢫
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣆 䣃 䣓
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣗 䣘 䣕
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣆 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣖 䣫 䣯
䣰 䣩
䣒 䣙
䣧
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣰
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯 䤒 䢳 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢪 䤒 䢳 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅 䢯 䤒 䢷 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢫
䣅 䣑 䢴 䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯 䤒 䢳 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢪 䤒 䢲 䢰 䢷 䢧 䢯 䤒 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䣑 䢴 䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯 䣆 䣧 䣮 䣣 䣻
䣔 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴
䣄 䣣 䣥 䣭
䣆 䣧 䣮 䣣 䣻
䤒 䢳 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢳 䢷 䣯 䣫 䣰
䢵 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰
䢴 䣯 䣫 䣰
䢪 䤒 䢲 䢰 䢷 䢧 䢯 䤒 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䢪 䢲 䢯 䢳 䢷 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈 䢳 䢯 䢻 䢻 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䢪 䢳 䢯 䢵 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
Setting range of high temperature alarm is +1.0~+5.0
䉝 䠄
Factory default: +1.0
䉝䠅
Setting range of low temperature alarm is -1.0~-5.0
䉝 䠄
Factory default: -1.0
䉝䠅
(Note) When you input a value lower than “1.0”, it is memorized as +/- 1.0
䉝
.
When you input a value over than “5.0”, it is memorized as +/- 5.0
䉝
Setting range of high CO2 density alarm is +0.5~+5.0%
䠄
Factory default: +1.0%
䠅
Setting range of low CO2 density alarm is -0.5~-5.0%
䠄
Factory default: -1.0%
䠅
(Note) When you input a value lower than “0.5”, it is memorized as +/- 0.5%.
When you input a value over than “5.0”, it is memorized as +/- 5.0%.
Setting range of high O2 density alarm is +0.5~+5.0%
䠄
Factory default: +1.0%
䠅
Setting range of low O2 density alarm is -0.5~-5.0%
䠄
Factory default: -1.0%
䠅
(Note) When you input a value lower than “0.5”, it is memorized as +/- 0.5%.
When you input a value over than “5.0”, it is memorized as +/- 5.0%.
㻌
㻌
㻌
- 36 -
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹
䢵 䢹 䢰
䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣖 䣧
䣶
䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴
䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴
䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䢫
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣆 䣃 䣓
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣗 䣘 䣕
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣆 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣖 䣫 䣯
䣰 䣩
䣒 䣙
䣧
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣰
䣏 䣇 䣐
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰
䣗
䣥 䣧 䣮
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯 䤒 䢳 䢰 䢲 䣅 䢪 䤒 䢳 䢰 䢲 䣅 䢯 䤒 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣅 䢫
䣅 䣑 䢴 䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯 䤒 䢳 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢪 䤒 䢲 䢰 䢷 䢧 䢯 䤒 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䣑 䢴 䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯 䣆 䣧 䣮 䣣 䣻
䣔 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴
䣄 䣣 䣥 䣭
䣆 䣧 䣮 䣣 䣻
䤒 䢳 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢳 䢷 䣯 䣫 䣰
䢵 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰
䢴 䣯 䣫 䣰
䢪 䤒 䢲 䢰 䢷 䢧 䢯 䤒 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䢪 䢲 䢯 䢳 䢷 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈 䢳 䢯 䢻 䢻 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䢪 䢳 䢯 䢵 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
<Alarm delay time>
Setting range of both alarm delay time for high/low temperature alarms, and high/low CO2 density alarms is 0~15 minutes.
(Factory default: 15 minutes)
Setting range of high /low O2 density alarm is 0~30 minutes. (Factory default: 30 minutes)
O2 density alarm will emit after twice of setting time elapses
.
Note) Even if you input a value more than 15 minutes, alarm delay time will be set in 15 minutes.
<Ring Back time>
Setting range is 1~99 minutes. (Factory default: 30 minutes)
<Door open alarm delay time>
When an outer door leaves open, an audible alarm sounds after predetermined time elapsed.
Setting range of door open alarm delay time is 1~30 minutes. (Factory default: 2 minutes)
Note) When you input “0” minute, door open alarm delay time will be set in 1 minute.
Even if you input a value more than 30 minutes, door open alarm delay time will be set in 30 minutes.
- 37 -
㻌
㻌
㻌 㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
<LCD back color>
When you input “1” in the right side of “LCD Back Color” column, the display back color is set in blue (Factory default).
When you input “2” in the right side of “LCD Back Color” column, the display back color is set in white.
Note) When you input a value except for 1 or 2, the display back color is automatically set in blue.
<DAQ communication speed>
DAQ communication speed is settable only when an optional MTR-480 is installed.
When you input “0” in the right side of “DAQ Speed”, DAQ communication speed is set in 2400 bps.
When you input “1” in the right side of “DAQ Speed”, DAQ communication speed is set in 4800 bps.
When you input “2” in the right side of “DAQ Speed”, DAQ communicaiton speed is set in 9600 bps.
Note) When you input a value except for 0 or 1 or 2, DAQ communication speed is automatically set in 9600bps.
<DAQ communication ID>
DAQ communication ID number is settable only when an optional MTR-480 is installed.
Settable range is 0~250. (Factory default: 0)
When you input “0” in the right side of “DAQ ID”, DAQ is not communicable.
Note) When you input a value over than “250”, DAQ communication ID number is set in “250”.
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣑 䣍
㻌
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴 䣅 䣣
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣆 䣃 䣓
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䢫
䣗 䣘 䣕
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣆 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣖 䣫 䣯
䣰 䣩
䣒 䣙
䣧
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣰
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱 䣆 䣃 䣓 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣎 䣅 䣆 䣄 䣣 䣥 䣭 䣅 䣱 䣮 䣱 䣴 䢳
䣆 䣃 䣓 䣕 䣲 䣧 䣧 䣦 䢲
䣆 䣃 䣓 䣋 䣆
䣆 䣃 䣓 䣏 䣱 䣦 䣧
䣔 䣧 䣯 䣱 䣶 䣧 䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䢲
䢲
䢳
䢪 䢳 䢰 䣄 䣮 䣷 䣧 䢴 䢰 䣙 䣪 䣫 䣶 䣧 䢫
䢪 䢲 䢰 䢴 䢶 䢲 䢲 䢴 䢰 䢻 䢸 䢲 䢲 䢫
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈 䢳 䢯 䢴 䢷 䢲 䢫
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣣 䣮 䢳 䢰 䣔 䣧 䣯 䣱 䣶 䣧 䢫
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣃 䣥 䣶 䣫 䣸 䣧 䢫
㻌
- 38 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
<DAQ communication mode>
㻌
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
DAQ communication mode is settable only when an optional MTR-480 is installed.
㻌 㻌 㻌
When you input “0” in the right side of “DAQ Mode”, DAQ communication mode is set in “Local” which does not enable apparatus to control in remote. (Factory default)
When you input “1” in the right side of “DAQ Mode”, DAQ communication mode is set in “Remote” Which enables apparatus to control in remote.
Note) When you input a value which is over than “2”, DAQ communication mode is automatically sent in “0” (Local).
<Remote alarm contact>
When you input “0” in the right side of “Remote Alarm”, activity in remote alarm contact will correspond to buzzer during alarm condition.
When you input “1” in the right side of “Remote Alarm”, activity in remote alarm contact will not correspond to buzzer during alarm condition. (Factory default)
Note) When you input a value which is over than “2”, activity in remote alarm contact will not correspond to buzzer during alarm condition.
- 39 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
6. Setting of UV lamp
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣖 䣧
䣶
䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴
䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴
䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䢫
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱
䣗 䣘 䣕
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣆 䣃 䣓
䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣰 䣩
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣆 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧
䣒 䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣰
䣗 䣘 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣗 䣘 䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧 䣴
䣗 䣘 䣎 䣫 䣨 䣧
䣗 䣘 䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧 䣴 䣇 䣺 䣶 䢰 䢭
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢲 䢯 䢵 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䢲 䢧 䢪 䢳 䢲 䢲 䢧 䢿 䢳 䢲 䢲 䢲 䣪 䢫
䢲 䢧
㻌
㻌
䣗 䣘 䢴 䢶 䣪 䣏 䣱 䣦 䣧 䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑 䣐 䢫
㻌
㻌
㻌 㻌 <UV lamp illumination time> 㻌
㻌 㻌 㻌 UV lamp illumination time is settable in the apparatus which is installed UV lamp (optionally).
㻌
Settable range of UV lamp illumination time is 0~30 minutes. (Factory default: 0 minute)
㻌
Note) When you input a value over than “30”, UV lamp illumination time is automatically set in 30 minutes.
If an apparatus is not set in UV lamp optional setting (“1” is not selected in “UV Function” column in the “System
Configuration” display), “UV Setting” is not appeared and it automatically returns to Top Screen.
If an appratus is not installed UV lamp, UV lamp is not illuminated even “UV” is displayed in reverse video in the
“Status” column.
<UV lamp action>
UV lamp will illuminate for the predetermined time after an outer door is open and closed.
UV lamp will turn off when an outer door is open during it is illuminating.
Note) UV lamp will illuminate with several seconds of delay after an outer door is closed, because water level sensor
will be active to prevent it from judging water level incorrectly.
- 40 -
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹
䢵 䢹 䢰
䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣖 䣧
䣶
䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴
䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴
䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䢫
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱
䣗 䣘 䣕
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣆 䣃 䣓
䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣰 䣩
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣆 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧
䣒 䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣰
䣏 䣇 䣐
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰
䣗 䣘 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣗 䣘 䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧 䣴
䣗 䣘 䣎 䣫 䣨 䣧
䣗 䣘 䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧 䣴 䣇 䣺 䣶 䢰 䢭
䣗 䣘 䢴 䢶 䣪 䣏 䣱 䣦 䣧
䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢲 䢯 䢵 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䢲 䢧 䢪 䢳 䢲 䢲 䢧 䢿 䢳 䢲 䢲 䢲 䣪 䢫
䢲 䢧
䢲 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑 䣐 䢫
䣗
䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
Ex
䠅
UV lamp illumination time is set in 5 minutes;
0
1
2
3
4
5
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
Press ENTER key and select “UV Setting” column in “Select Tools (1/2)” display.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key and input “5” in the right side of “UV Timer” in “UV Setting” display.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key and “Select Tools (1/2)” display is appeared.
Tools
OK
OK
<UV lamp accumulation time>
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 Display range of UV lamp accumulation time is 0~260%.
Note) UV lamp accumulation time is displayed by percentage. 1000Hours = 100%
<UV lamp 24hours illumination mode>
Chamber wall will be sterilized by UV lamp in this mode.
When you input “0” in the right side of “UV 24h Mode” column in “UV Setting” display, UV lamp 24hours illumination mode is inactive.
When you input “1” in the right side of “UV 24h Mode” column in “UV Setting” display, UV lamp 24hours illumination
mode is active.
Note) If you open an door during UV lamp 24hours illumination mode, UV lamp 24hours illumination mode will be forcibly inactive on the way.
The detection for UV lamp malfunction will not be done during UV lamp 24hours illumination mode.
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 Ex) When you set UV lamp 24hours illumination mode;
0
1
2
3
4
5
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
Press ENTER key and select “UV Setting” column in “Select Tools (1/2)” display.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key and input “1” in the right side of “UV 24h Mode” in “UV Setting” display.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key and “Select Tools (1/2)” display is appeared.
(UV lamp relay will be active and UV lamp will illuminate)
Tools
OK
OK
- 41 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
6. Setting of Key Lock
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣖 䣧
䣶
䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴
䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴
䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䢫
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣆 䣃 䣓
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣗 䣘
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣕
䣆 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣖 䣫 䣯
䣰 䣩
䣒 䣙
䣧
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣰
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒 䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣅 䣷 䣴 䣴 䣧 䣰 䣶 䣗 䣵 䣧 䣴 䣒 䣣 䣵 䣵 䣹 䣱 䣴 䣦
䣑 䢴
䢬 䢬 䢬 䢬
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒 䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣐 䣧 䣹 䣗 䣵 䣧 䣴 䣒 䣣 䣵 䣵 䣹 䣱 䣴 䣦 䢬 䢬 䢬 䢬
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒 䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣐 䣧 䣹 䣗 䣵 䣧 䣴 䣒 䣣 䣵 䣵 䣹 䣱 䣴 䣦 䢬 䢬 䢬 䢬
䣔 䣧 䣇 䣰 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣗 䣵 䣧 䣴 䣒 䣣 䣵 䣵 䣹 䣱 䣴 䣦 䢬 䢬 䢬 䢬
㻌
㻌
- 42 -
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹
䢵 䢹 䢰
䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣖 䣧
䣶
䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴
䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴
䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䢫
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣆 䣃 䣓
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣗 䣘
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣕
䣆 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣖 䣫 䣯
䣰 䣩
䣒 䣙
䣧
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣰
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒 䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣅 䣷 䣴 䣴 䣧 䣰 䣶 䣗 䣵 䣧 䣴 䣒 䣣 䣵 䣵 䣹 䣱 䣴 䣦 䢬 䢬 䢬 䢬
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒 䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣐 䣧 䣹 䣗 䣵 䣧 䣴 䣒 䣣 䣵 䣵 䣹 䣱 䣴 䣦 䢬 䢬 䢬 䢬
䣍 䣧 䣻 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣒 䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣐 䣧 䣹 䣗 䣵 䣧 䣴 䣒 䣣 䣵 䣵 䣹 䣱 䣴 䣦 䢬 䢬 䢬 䢬
䣔 䣧 䣇 䣰 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣗 䣵 䣧 䣴 䣒 䣣 䣵 䣵 䣹 䣱 䣴 䣦 䢬 䢬 䢬 䢬
㻌
㻌
㻌
<Key Lock password>
Key Lock password will be changed by following procedures.
Input a current using password and input a new password for twice.
The password for factory default setting is “0000”.
Note) When you input a wrong password, audible alarm will sound for 1.5 seconds and “Wrong Password” will
be displayed under “Current User Password” column.
It is impossible to change Key Lock password during Key Lock is active.
“Key Lock” will be appeared in the upper right side of the display.
- 43 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
7. Setting of Date and time
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣖 䣧
䣶
䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴
䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴
䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䢫
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱
䣗 䣘 䣕
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣆 䣃 䣓
䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣰 䣩
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣆 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧
䣒 䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣰
䣆 䣣 䣶 䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣆 䣣 䣶 䣧 䢳 䢲 䢱 䢲 䢷 䢱 䢳 䢹 䢪 䣛 䣛 䢱 䣏 䣏 䢱 䣆 䣆 䢫
䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧 䢳 䢺 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢼 䢵 䢺 䢪 䣪 䣪 䢼 䣯 䣯 䢼 䣵 䣵 䢫
䢸 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢴 䢯 䢵 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫 䣎 䣱 䣩 䣋 䣰 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣸 䣣 䣮
㻌
<Setting of date and time>
Ex 䠅 How to set 6:45:38 p.m. on May 17 th
2010
0
1
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
Press ENTER key and select “Date Time” in the “Select Tools (1/2)” display.
Press MENU key and select “OK”. 2
3 Press ENTER key and input “100517” in the right side of “Date” column in the “Date
Time” display.
Press ENTER key and input “184538” in the right side of “Time” column. 4
5
6
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key and “Select Tools (1/2)” display is appeared.
<Setting of Log intervals>
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 The intervals for acquiring log data.
Input a value in the right side of “Log Interval” column in the “Date Time” display.
㻌
Press MENU key and select “OK” and press ENTER key.
㻌
㻌
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 Input range is 2~30 minutes (Factory default: 6 minutes)
Note) When you input a value lower than “2”, Log interval is automatically set in 2 minutes.
When you input a value higher than “30”, Log intervals is automatically set in 30 minutes.
- 44 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
Tools
OK
OK
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
8. CO2 / O2 standard gas calibration
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅 䣑 䢴
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣖 䣧
䣶
䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴
䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴
䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䢫
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱
䣗 䣘 䣕
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣆 䣃 䣓
䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣰 䣩
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣆 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧
䣒 䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣰
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢴 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰 䣦
䣕 䣶 䣣
䣣 䣴 䣦
䣰 䣦 䣣 䣴 䣵
䣉 䣣 䣵
䣉 䣣 䣵
䣕 䣴 䣶 䣶
䣅 䣣
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰 䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣰 䣵 䣫 䣶 䣻 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢪 䢶 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢯 䢴 䢳 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䢪 䣐 䣱 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢼 䢲 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣰 䣵 䣫 䣶 䣻 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢪 䢲 䢰 䢷 䢧 䢯 䢳 䢺 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䢪 䢴 䢴 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢯 䢺 䢳 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢫
䢪 䣐 䣱 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢼 䢳 䢺 䢰 䢳 䢧 䢯 䢴 䢳 䢰 䢻 䢧 䢫
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
- 45 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
<Setting of CO2 density for standard gas calibration>
Setting of CO2 density for standard gas calibration (optional setting)
Setting range is 0.0%, 4.0~21.0%. (Factory default: 5.0%)
When you set “0.0”, CO2 using by standard gas will not be calibrated.
Note) When you input a value lower than “4.0”, CO2 density for standard gas calibration is automatically set in 4.0%.
When you input a value higher than “21.0”, CO2 density for standard gas calibration is automatically set in 21.0%.
<Setting of O2 density for standard gas calibration>
Setting of O2 density for standard gas calibration (optional setting)
Setting range is 0.5~81.0%. (Factory default: 5.0%)
When you set a value between 18.0~22.0%, O2 using by standard gas will not be calibrated.
Note) When you input a value lower than “0.5”, O2 density for standard gas calibration is automatically set in 0.5%.
When you input a value higher than “81.0”, O2 density for standard gas calibration is automatically set in 81.0%.
Ex) When both CO2 and O2 are set in 5% in standard gas calibration;
0
1
2
3
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)”.
Press down shift key ( 䊼 ) to display “Select Tools (2/2)”.
Select “Standard Gas Setting” in “Select Tools (2/2)” display.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
4 Press ENTER key and input “5.0” in the right side of “Std Gas Co2 Density” column in
“Standard Gas Setting” display.
5 Press ENTER key and input “5.0” in the right side of “Std Gas O2 Density” column in
“Standard Gas Setting” display.
6 Press MENU key and select “OK”.
7 Press ENTER key to return to “Select Tools (1/2)” display.
Tools
OK
OK
- 46 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
<Setting of O2 density for standard gas calibration>
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰 䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 ձ 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢷
㻌
㻌 ղ
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣇 䣴 䣴 䣱 䣴 䢰 ճ
䣇 䣴 䣴 䢶 䢳 䢼 䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣇 䣯 䣲 䣶 䣻 մ 䣒 䣗 䣕 䣊 䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗 䣑 䣍 䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼 յ ն
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮 䣑 䢴 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮 䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼 շ ո
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䐟
Step for standard gas calibration mode
Current step in standard gas calibration is displayed.
䐠 Status of unit
Status of unit in standard gas calibration is displayed.
䐡
Error
Error message is displayed.
䐢
Message for operator
When standard gas calibration mode is complete, the message is shown for an operator.
䐣
Density in CO2 sensor during standard gas calibration
CO2 density sensed by CO2 sensor during standard gas calibration is displayed.
䐤 Setting density of CO2 standard gas
CO2 density in standard gas cylinder is displayed.
䐥
Density in O2 sensor during standard gas calibration
O2 density sensed by O2 sensor during standard gas calibration is displayed.
䐦 Setting density of O2 standard gas
O2 density in standard gas cylinder is displayed.
㻌
- 47 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
<Standard gas calibration>
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣖 䣧
䣶
䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴
䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴
䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䢫
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱 䣆 䣃
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣓 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰
䣗 䣘
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣆 䣣 䣶
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣧 䣖 䣫
䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣒 䣙
䣯 䣧
䣩
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣰
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢴 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣕
䣕 䣶
䣶 䣣 䣰 䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦
䣣 䣰 䣦 䣣 䣴 䣵
䣉 䣣 䣵
䣉 䣣 䣵
䣕 䣴 䣶 䣶
䣅
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰 䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢳
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣪 䣧 䣥 䣭 兟 兟 兟 兟 兟
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢼
䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮 䣑 䢴 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮 䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
- 48 -
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹
䢵 䢹 䢰
䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣖 䣧
䣶
䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴
䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴
䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䢫
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱 䣆 䣃
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣓 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰
䣗 䣘
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣆 䣣 䣶
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣧 䣖 䣫
䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣒 䣙
䣯 䣧
䣩
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣰
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢴 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣕
䣕 䣶
䣶 䣣 䣰 䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦
䣣 䣰 䣦 䣣 䣴 䣵
䣉 䣣 䣵
䣉 䣣 䣵
䣕 䣴 䣶 䣶
䣅
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰 䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢳
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣪 䣧 䣥 䣭 兟 兟 兟 兟 兟
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢼
䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮 䣑 䢴 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮 䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰 䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉 䣣
䣉 䣣 䣵
䣵 䣅
䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫
䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤
䣅 䣑 䢴
䣕 䣖 䣉
䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶
䣕
䢼
䢼
䣶 䣣 䣴 䣶
䣫 䣱 䣰
䣁
䢷
䢷
䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮
䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮
䣑 䢴 䢼
䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻡
䢷
㻚 㻜 㻑
䢰 䢲 䢧
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰 䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩 兟 兟 兟 兟 兟
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢵
䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼
䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮 䣑 䢴 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮 䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰 䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩 兟 兟 兟 兟 兟
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢶
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼
䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮 䣑 䢴 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮 䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑 䣍
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
- 49 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣰 䣦 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣇 䣴 䣴 䣱 䣴 䢰
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣇 䣴 䣴 䢶 䢳 䢼 䣕 䣶 䣦
䣒 䣗 䣕 䣊 䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣉 䣣 䣵
䣑 䣍
䣇 䣯 䣲 䣶 䣻
䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䢮
䣑 䢴 䢼
䣕 䣖 䣉 䢼
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
Ensure to install an optional Automatic CO
2
density Calibration Add-on Kit
䠄
MCO-SG
䠅
when standard gas calibration is done automatically.
㻌
Note) “Standard Gas Calibration” display will not be appeared and a device will automatically return to Top Screen when you select “1” in “Std Gas Cal Function” column in the “System Configuration” display.
㻌
Operational sequence for standard gas calibration
Step 0
Status
Standard gas control valve
Normal operation
OFF
Pressure check in standard gas cylinder
1 2
Stand-by for
Start key pressed
3
ON
4
CO2/O2 calibration
(Pressure check for standard gas cylinder) ĺĺĺ
5
Standard gas calibration is complete
OFF
Display
Note ĺĺĺ
“Std Gas Calib
System
Check…” ĺĺĺ
“Std Gas
Calib Start?”
“Err41: Std Gas
Empty” is appeared when a cylinder becomes empty
“Std Gas
Calibrating…”
“Std Gas
Calibrating…”
“Std Gas Calib
Finished.”
“Err41: Std Gas
Empty” is appeared when a cylinder becomes empty
Error message
Error ʋ Status
Err41
When standard gas cylinder becomes empty
(When a gas pressure is lower than standard)
Gas pressure in the cylinder is checked by pressure switch.
”Std Gas Calib Error”
”Err41:StdGas Empty” is appeared on the message bar.
Automatic calibration is inactive
- 50 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
Ex.
䠅
When both CO2 and O2 densities for standard gas calibration are set in 5.0%;
0
1
2
3
4
5
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” display and press down shift key (
䊼
)
To display “Select Tools (2/2)” display.
Select “Standard Gas Calibration” column.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key to check standard gas pressure in the cylinder automatically.
Select “OK” and press ENTER key to perform standard gas calibration.
Select “Cancel” and press ENTER key to cancel standard gas calibration and a device automatically returns to “Select Tools (1/2)” display.
When a cylinder becomes empty, select “OK” and press ENTER key to check cylinder and return to Top Screen.
Tools
OK
OK
Cancel
OK
6
7
Automatic standard gas calibration is started by pulling gas to both CO2 sensor and O2 sensor.
When standard gas calibration is complete, buzzer beeps with long tone.
A device automatically returns to Top Screen.
When a cylinder becomes empty, buzzer beeps intermittently and “Err41: Std Gas
Empty” is appeared.
CO2/O2 standard gas calibration is not performed.
Select “OK” and press ENTER key to check cylinder and return to Top Screen.
OK
㻌 㻌
Note) When a setting value for standard CO2 density is 0.0%, automatic CO2 standard gas calibration will not be performed.
Note) When a setting value for standard O2 density deviates from 18.0~22.0%, automatic O2 standard gas calibration will not be performed.
- 51 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
9. Service code
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣑 䢴
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴 䢫
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱
䣗 䣘
䣆 䣃 䣓
䣕 䣧
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣆 䣣 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣧 䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧
䣒 䣙 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣒 䣣 䣵 䣵 䣹 䣱 䣴 䣦
䣈 䣱 䣴 䣕 䣧 䣴 䣸 䣫 䣥 䣧 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣒 䣣 䣵 䣵 䣹 䣱 䣴 䣦 䢬 䢬 䢬
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
㻌
䣏 䣣 䣫 䣰 䣄 䣱 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣘 䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲 䣃
㻌
㻌
䣎 䣅 䣆 䣄 䣱 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣘 䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲 䣃
㻌
1. In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
2. Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and select “Svc”.
3. Press ENTER key to display “Password” display. Input “384” in the right side of “Password” column.
4. Press ENTER key to check data for service.
Note) If you input wrong service code, buzzer beeps and “Wrong Password” is appeared under “Password” column.
Service code is unchangeable.
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
㻌
㻌
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣊 䣧
䣆 䣧
䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴
䣥 䣱 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣋 䣰 䣫
䣷 䣵
䣶 䣫 䣣 䣮
䣄 䣣 䣮
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣫 䣼 䣧
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣦 䣣 䣶 䣣
䣘 䣧 䣴
䣕 䣻
䣃
䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩
䣅 䣱 䣰
䣅 䣣
䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷
䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣱 䣰
䣰 䣧 䣶
䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣥
䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲 䣃
䣕
䣗
䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧
䣘 䣈 䣷
䣯 䣅 䣱
䣰 䣥 䣶 䣫
䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩
䣱 䣰
䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䢳
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣦
䣈 䣷 䣰 䣥
䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣣 䣮
䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣈 䣷 䣰
䣅 䣑
䣒 䣅
䢴
䣆 䣧 䣯
䣄
䣉 䣣
䣆 䣴
䣵
䣱 䣏 䣱
䣃 䣷
䣦 䣧
䣫 䣸 䣧 䣴
䣶 䣱 䣅
䣖 䣧 䣵
䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣪 䣣 䣰 䣩
䣶
䣰
䢲
䢲
䣧 䣴 䢲
䢲
䢲
䣏 䣇 䣐
䣑 䣍
䣅
䣗
䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䢪
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑
䢲 䢰 䣑
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑
䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑 䣐 䢫
䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑 䣐 䢫
䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑 䣐 䢫
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑 䣐
䢪
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈
䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈
䢳 䢰 䣑
䢳 䢰
䣐 䢫
䣑 䣐 䢫
䢫
- 52 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
10. Setting of various optional components
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䣕 䣸 䣥
䣊 䣧
䣆 䣧
䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴
䣥 䣱 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣋 䣰 䣫
䣷 䣵
䣶 䣫 䣣 䣮
䣄 䣣 䣮
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣫 䣼 䣧 䣦 䣣 䣶 䣣
䣘 䣧 䣴
䣕 䣻
䣃
䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩
䣅 䣱 䣰
䣅 䣣
䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷
䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣱 䣰
䣰 䣧 䣶
䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕
䣗
䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧
䣘 䣈 䣷
䣯 䣅 䣱
䣰 䣥 䣶 䣫
䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩
䣱 䣰
䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣥
䢳
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣦
䣈 䣷 䣰 䣥
䣉 䣣 䣵 䣅 䣣 䣮
䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣈 䣷 䣰
䣅 䣑
䣒 䣅
䢴
䣆 䣧 䣯
䣄
䣉 䣣
䣆 䣴
䣵
䣱 䣏 䣱
䣃 䣷
䣦 䣧
䣫 䣸 䣧 䣴
䣶 䣱 䣅
䣖 䣧 䣵
䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣪 䣣 䣰 䣩
䣶
䣰
䢲
䢲
䣧 䣴 䢲
䢲
䢲
䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳
䢪
䢪
䢲 䣃
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑
䢲 䢰 䣑
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑
䢲 䢰 䣑
䣏 䣇 䣐
䣑 䣍
䣅
䣈 䣈
䣈 䣈
䣗
䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䢳 䢰 䣑 䣐 䢫
䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑 䣐 䢫
䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑 䣐 䢫
䢳 䢰 䣑 䣐
䢪
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈
䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈
䢳 䢰 䣑
䢳 䢰
䣐 䢫
䣑 䣐 䢫
䢫
㻌
㻌
<Prior to setting each optional components>
In “Select Tools Svc” display, select “System Configuration” and press MENU key.
Select “OK” and press ENTER key to display “System Configuration”.
<Setting of UV lamp function>
Input a value in the right side of “UV Function” in “System Configuration” display.
When you input “0” in the right side of “UV Function”, optional UV lamp function is inactive. (Factory default)
When you input “1” in the right side of “UV Function”, optional UV lamp function is active.
Note) When you select “0” (UV lamp function is inactive), “UV Setting” display in the “Select Tools (1/2)” is not appeared and a device automatically returns to Top Screen.
Note) When you input a value except for “0” and “1”, optional UV lamp function is automatically selected to “inactive”.
<Setting of H2O2 decontamination>
Input a value in the right side of “Decon Function” in “System Configuration” display.
When you input “0” in the right side of “Decon Function”, optional H2O2 decontamination function is inactive.
(Factory default)
When you input “1” in the right side of “Decon Function”, optional H2O2 decontamination function is active.
Note) When both optional UV lamp function and optional H2O2 decontamination function are unset, a device cannot step to H2O2 decontamination mode.
Note) When you input a value except for “0” and “1”, optional H2O2 decontamination function is automatically selected to “inactive”.
- 53 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
<Setting of standard gas automatic calibration>
Input a value in the right side of “Std Gas Cal Function” in the “System Configuration” display.
When you input “0” in the right side of “Std Gas Cal Function”, optional standard gas automatic calibration is inactive.
(Factory default)
When you input “1” in the right side of “Std Gas Cal Function”, optional standard gas automatic calibration is active.
Note) When you select “0” (optional standard gas automatic calibration is inactive), “Standard Gas Calibration “ is not appeared in “Select Tools (2/2)” display and a device automatically returns to Top Screen.
Note) When you input a value except for “0” and “1”, optional standard gas automatic function is automatically inactive.
<Setting of CO2 auto-changer mode>
In this mode, 2 cylinders can be connected to 1 unit.
When one cylinder becomes empty, another one is ready for use.
Input a value in the right side of “CO2 Gas Auto Changer” in the “System Configuration” display.
When you input “0” in the right side of “CO2 Gas Auto Changer”, optional CO2 auto changer mode is inactive.
(Factory default)
When you input “1” in the right side of “CO2 Gas Auto Changer”, optional CO2 autochanger mode is active.
Note) When you select “1” (optional CO2 autochanger mode is active), “A” or “B” displayed in reverse video means that current using cylinder.
Note) When you select “1” (optional CO2 autochanger mode is active), “A” or “B” displayed blinking means that current using cylinder becomes empty.
(Current using cylinder is “B” when CO2 autochanger mode is active)
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧 䣃 䣄
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣑 䣍
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
<Setting of Demo mode>
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
This function is used in demonstration which an apparatus pretends to operate.
Input a value in the right side of “Demo Mode” column in the “System Configuration” display.
When you input “0” in the right side of “Demo Mode” column, demonstration mode is inactive. (Factory default)
When you input “1” in the right side of “Demo Mode” column, demonstration mode is active.
Note) When demonstration mode is active, each setting values for temperature, CO2 and O2 are displayed in Top Screen.
Note) When you input a value except for “0” or “1”, demonstration mode is inactive.
<PCB driver test mode>
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
This function is used when testing PCB driver.
Input a value in the right side of “PCB Driver Test” column in the “System Configuration display”.
When you input “0” in the right side of “PCB Driver Test” column, PCB driver test mode is inactive.
㻌
When you input “1” in the right side of “PCB Driver Test” column, PCB driver test mode is active.
Note) When PCB driver test mode is active, each drivers on PCB will be turned on and off with 3 seconds interval.
Note) When you input a value except for “0” or “1”, PCB driver test mode is inactive.
- 54 -
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮
䣃
䣱 䣩
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
䣩 䣅 䣑 䢴
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣑 䢴
䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䣗 䣘 䣎 䣫
䣏 䣱 䣦 䣧 䣮
䣈 䣷 䣰 䣥 䣶 䣫
䣨 䣧
䣅 䣱 䣦 䣧
䣱 䣰
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䢳 䢳 䢲
䢳 䢳 䢲
䢻 䢲
䢷 䢵
䢲
䢲
䣰 䣧 䣶
䢧
䣥
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䢪 䢳 䢲 䢳 䢰 䣒 䣙 䢻 䢴 䢷 䢰 䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䢫
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢳 䢲 䢲
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣑 䢴
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣑 䢴
䣗 䣘 䣎 䣫 䣨 䣧
䣏 䣱 䣦 䣧 䣮 䣅 䣱 䣦 䣧
䣈 䣷 䣰 䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䢳 䢲 䢲
䢳 䢲 䢲
䢲 䢧
䢲
䢲 䢪 䢳 䢲 䢳 䢰 䣒 䣙
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䢻 䢴 䢷 䢰 䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䢫
㻌
㻌
㻌
11. UV lamp accumulation time
㻌
䣃
䣃
䣃
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣩
䣱 䣩
䣩
䣅 䣣
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
䣩 䣅 䣑
䣑 䢴
䢴
䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䢳 䢳 䢲
䢳 䢳 䢲
䢻 䢲
䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
䣗 䣘 䣎 䣫
䣏 䣱 䣦 䣧 䣮
䣨 䣧
䣅 䣱 䣦 䣧
䢷 䢵
䢲
䢧
㻌
䣈 䣷 䣰 䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䢲 䢪 䢳 䢲 䢳 䢰 䣒 䣙 䢻 䢴 䢷 䢰 䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䢫
㻌
<Display of UV lamp accumulation time>
UV lamp accumulation time is displayed in the right side of “UV Life” in “Analog Calibration etc” display.
When UV lamp accumulation time reaches 1000hours, it is displayed as 100%.
㻌
When a displayed value is “53”%, UV lamp accumulation time is calculated as;
1000hours x 0.53 = 530hours
Note) When UV lamp accumulation time is over 1000hours and UV lamp does not illuminate,
“UV” blinks in the Top Screen.
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣑 䢴
䢳 䢲 䢲
䢳 䢲 䢲
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣑 䢴
䣗 䣘 䣎 䣫 䣨 䣧
䣏 䣱 䣦 䣧 䣮 䣅 䣱 䣦 䣧
䣈 䣷 䣰 䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䢳 䢲 䢲
䢲 䢧
䢲
䢲
㻌
㻌
䢪 䢳 䢲 䢳 䢰 䣒 䣙 䢻 䢴 䢷 䢰 䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䢫
㻌
<Reset of UV lamp accumulation time>
㻌
When UV lamp is replaced after UV accumulation time reaches 1000hours, it is necessary to reset
UV lamp accumulation time in non-volatile memory.
Reset of UV lamp accumulation time
㻌
3
4
5
0
1
2
6
7
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and press MENU key to select “Svc”.
Press ENTER key to display “Password” and input service code “384”.
Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools Svc” and select “Analog Calibration etc”.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key to display “Analog Clibration etc” and input “0” in the right side of “UV
Life” column.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key to return to “Select Tools Svc” display.
Tools
Svc
OK
OK
OK
- 55 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
12. Adjustment of heater balance
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧
䣶 䣖 䣱
䣯 䣅 䣱
䣱 䣮 䣵
䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶
䣃
䣊
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣
䣩 䣅 䣣
䣴 䣄 䣣
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧
䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥
䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣦 䣣 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣧
䣣
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣊
䣆
䣗 䣏 䣊
䣱 䣱 䣴
䣴 䣄 䣣
䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶
䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥
䣴
䣧 䣴
䣧
䢸
䢸
䣘 䣧 䣴
䣫 䣱 䣰
䣰 䣧 䣶
䢪
䢪
䣥
䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳
䢲 䢯
䢲 䢯
䢲 䣃
䢶 䢲
䢻 䢫
䢫
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
㻌
㻌
<Adjustment of balance in bottom heater>
㻌
Bottom heater output value can be changed for the prevention of chamber condensation or when increasing chamber humidity.
Setting range is “0~40”. (Factory default: “10”)
㻌
Note) When you input a value over “40”, bottom heater output value is automatically set in “40”.
㻌
㻌
<Adjustment of balance in door heater>
Door heater output value can be changed for the prevention of condensation on outer door.
Setting range is “0~9”. (Factory default: “6”)
Note) When you input a value over “9”, door heater output value is automatically set in “9”.
㻌
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䣕
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣
䣴 䣄 䣣
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧
䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥
䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣧
䣦 䣣 䣶
䣸 䣥
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣱 䣰
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣
䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷
䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣱 䣰
䣰 䣧 䣶
䣣
䣘 䣧 䣴 䢰
䣥
䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲 䣃
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧 䢳
䣍 䣧 䣧 䣲 䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧 䢳
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧 䢴
䣗 䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧 䢴
䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅 䢪 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䣅 䢯 䢶 䢺 䢰 䢲 䣅 䢫
䢹 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢳 䢯 䢵 䢲 䣯 䣫
䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢲 䢯 䢳 䢴 䢲
䣰 䢫
䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢲 䢯 䢵 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䢻 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢵 䢲 䢯 䢵 䢸 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
- 56 -
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧
䣶 䣖 䣱
䣯 䣅 䣱
䣱 䣮 䣵
䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶
䣃
䣊
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣
䣩 䣅 䣣
䣴 䣄 䣣
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧
䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥
䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣦 䣣 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣧
䣣
䣘 䣧 䣴
䣫 䣱 䣰
䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲 䣃
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣊 䣗 䣏 䣊
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴
䣴 䣄 䣣
䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶
䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥
䣴
䣧 䣴
䣧
䢸
䢸
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䢪
䢪
䢲 䢯
䢲 䢯
䢶 䢲 䢫
䢻 䢫
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
13. Setting of H2O2 decontamination time
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䣕 䣸 䣥
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣱 䣰
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣
䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷
䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣱 䣰
䣰 䣧 䣶
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣
䣴 䣄 䣣
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧
䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥
䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣧
䣦 䣣 䣶 䣣
䣘 䣧 䣴 䢰
䣥
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲 䣃
䢪 䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅 䢯 䢶 䢺
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅 䢫
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧 䢳
䣍 䣧 䣧 䣲 䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧 䢳
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣖 䣫 䣯 䣧 䢴
䣗 䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧 䢴
䢹
䢲
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣯 䣫 䣰
䢪
䢪
䢳 䢯
䢲 䢯 䢳
䢵 䢲 䣯 䣫
䢴 䢲
䣰 䢫
䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢲 䢯 䢵 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
䢻 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢪 䢵 䢲 䢯 䢵 䢸 䢲 䣯 䣫 䣰 䢫
㻌
㻌
㻌 㻌
㻌
<Setting of H2O2 decontamination temperature>
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
An apparatus stands by for H2O2 decontamination until it reaches decontamination set temperature +/- 1.0
䉝
.
Setting range is 37.0~48.0
䉝
. (Factory default; 45.0
䉝
)
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 Note) When you input a value lower than 37.0
䉝 , H2O2 decontamination temperature is automatically set in 37.0
䉝 .
When you input a value higher than 48.0
䉝
, H2O2 decontamination temperature is automatically set in 48.0
䉝
.
<Setting of primary H2O2 misting time>
When an apparatus steps to primary H2O2 misting process, ultrasonic oscillator will be active.
Setting range is 1~30 minutes. (Factory default: 7 minutes)
Note) When you input a value lower than “1”, primary H2O2 misting time is automatically set in 1 minute.
When you input a value higher than “30”, primary H2O2 misting time is automatically set in 30 minutes.
Note) When water sensor signal turns off (H2O2 solution s lower than standard) during primary H2O2 misting process, an apparatus steps to secondary resolution process without commenceing primary H2O2 preservation process and secondary H2O2 misting process.
㻌 㻌
<Setting of primary H2O2 preserved time>
Setting range is 0~120 minutes. (Factory default: 0 minute)
Note) When you input a value higher than
䇾
120
䇿
, primary H2O2 preserved time is automatically set in 120 minutes.
<Setting of secondary H2O2 misting time>
When water sensor signal turns off (H2O2 solution is lower than standard) or it elapses 15 minutes since secondary
H2O2 misting time expires during secondary H2O2 misting process, an apparatus steps to secondary H2O2 resolution process.
Setting range is 0~30 minutes. (Factory default: 0 minutes)
Note) When you input a value higher than
䇾
30
䇿
, secondary H2O2 misting time is automatically set in 30 minutes.
<Setting of secondary H2O2 resolution time>
Setting range is 30~360 minutes. (Factory default: 90 minutes)
Note) When you input a value lower than 30 minutes, secondary H2O2 resolution time is automatically set in 30minutes.
When you input a value higher than 360minutes, secondary H2O2 resolution time is automatically set in 360minutes.
- 57 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
14. Hardware status
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䣕 䣸 䣥 䣘 䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲 䣃
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣄 䣣 䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧 䣦 䣣 䣶 䣣
䣊 䣣 䣴 䣦 䣹 䣣 䣴 䣧 䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣕 䣘
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
䣅 䣑 䢴
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣒 䣘
䢵 䢹 䢰 䢲
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣅 䣑 䢴 䣕 䣄 䣑 䣚 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲
䢷 䢰 䢲
䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣒 䣙 䣏
䢲
䢲
䢲
䢲
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣃 䣖
䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲
䣎 䣋 䣏 䣋 䣖
䢷 䢴 䢰 䢹
㻌
㻌
Set temperature 㻦 A value displayed in the “SV” row in the right side of “Temp” column
㻌
Current chamber temperature: A value displayed in the “PV” row in the right side of “Temp” column
PWM output for heater: A value displayed in the “PWM” row in the right side of “Temp” column
Set CO2 density: A value displayed in the “SV” row in the right side of “CO2” column
Current CO2 density: A value displayed in the “PV” row in the right side of “CO2” column
PWM output for CO2 valve: A value displayed in the “PWM” row in the right side of “CO2” column
Set O2 density: A value displayed in the “SV” row in the right side of “O2” column
Current O2 density: A value displayed in the “PV” row in the right side of “O2” column
PWM output for N2/O2 value: A value displayed in the “PWM” row in the right side of “O2” column
Set temperature in CO2 sensor box: A value displayed in the “SV” row in the right side of “CO2 SBOX” column
Current temperature in CO2 sensor box: A value displayed in the “PV” row in the right side of “CO2 SBOX” column
PWM output for sensor box heater: A value displayed in the “PWM” row in the right side of “CO2 SBOX” column
Current temperature in AT sensor * : A value displayed under the “AT” row
Set temperature in overheat protection sensor: A value displayed under the “LIMIT” row
Note) AT sensor is located on the PCB inside the rear cover, so temperature sensed by AT sensor will be higher than an actual ambient temperature.
Note) In “Hardware Status” display, Auto Return furnction is inactive.
(A device does not return to Top Screen automatically)
䣕
䣕
䣃
䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣶
䣯
䣩
䣖 䣱
䣅 䣱
䣅 䣣
䣱 䣮 䣵
䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩
䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣
䣴 䣄 䣣
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧
䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥
䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣧
䣦 䣣 䣶
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣣
䣘 䣧 䣴
䣫 䣱 䣰
䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲 䣃
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䣕 䣸 䣥 䣘 䣧 䣴
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣄 䣣 䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧 䣦 䣣 䣶 䣣
䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲 䣃
䣏 䣇 䣐
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰
䣗
䣥 䣧 䣮
䣃
䣃
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣃
䣃
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣗 䣘 䣎 䣫
䣏 䣱 䣦 䣧 䣮
䣈 䣷 䣰 䣥 䣶
䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䣩 䣖 䣧
䣩 䣅 䣑
䣩 䣑 䢴
䣯 䣲
䢴
䣨 䣧
䣅 䣱 䣦 䣧
䣫 䣱 䣰
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䢳 䢲 䢲
䢳 䢲 䢲
䢳 䢲 䢲
䢲
䢲
䢻 䢴 䢷
䣰 䣧 䣶
䢧
䢪
䣥
䢳 䢲 䢳 䢰
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣒 䣙 䢻 䢴 䢷 䢰 䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䢫
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣅 䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣴 䣯 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣃 䣴 䣧 䣻 䣱 䣷 䣵 䣷 䣴 䣧 䣶 䣱 䣦 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣶 䣧 䣁
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣃 䣮 䣮 䣗 䣵 䣧 䣴 䣐 䣣 䣯 䣧 䣵 䣣 䣰 䣦 䣒 䣴 䣱 䣩 䣴 䣣 䣯 䣵
- 58 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
15. Initialization of non-volatile memory
㻌
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and press MENU key to select “Svc”.
Press ENTER key to display “Password” and input service code “384”.
Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools Svc” and select “Analog Calibration etc”.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key to display “Analog Calibration etc” and input “925” in the right side of
“Function” column.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key to return to “Select Tools Svc” display. Select “Initialize data”.
Press MENU key and select “OK”. Press ENTER key to display “Confirmation”.
Press MENU key and select “OK” to commence initialization.
Press MENU key and select “Cancel” to cancel initialization.
10 After commencing initialization, a device automatically returns to Top Screen.
After cancelling initialization, a device returns to “Select Tools Svc”.
䣕
䣕
䣃
䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩
䣶
䣯
䣖 䣱
䣅 䣱
䣅 䣣
䣱 䣮 䣵
䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩
䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣
䣴 䣄 䣣
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧
䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥
䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣧
䣦 䣣 䣶
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣣
䣘 䣧 䣴
䣫 䣱 䣰
䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲 䣃
䣏 䣇 䣐
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰
䣗
䣥 䣧 䣮
䣃
䣃
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣃
䣃
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱
䣗 䣘 䣎 䣫
䣏 䣱 䣦 䣧 䣮
䣈 䣷 䣰 䣥 䣶
䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䣩 䣖 䣧
䣩 䣅 䣑
䣩 䣑 䢴
䣯 䣲
䢴
䣨 䣧
䣅 䣱 䣦 䣧
䣫 䣱 䣰
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䢳 䢲 䢲
䢳 䢲 䢲
䢳 䢲 䢲
䢲
䢲
䢻 䢴 䢷
䣰 䣧 䣶
䢧
䢪
䣥
䢳 䢲 䢳 䢰
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣒 䣙 䢻 䢴 䢷 䢰 䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䢫
㻌
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䣕 䣸 䣥 䣘 䣧 䣴
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣄 䣣 䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧 䣦 䣣 䣶 䣣
䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲 䣃
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
㻌
Tools
Svc
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Cancel
䣅 䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣴 䣯 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣃 䣴 䣧 䣻 䣱 䣷 䣵 䣷 䣴 䣧 䣶 䣱 䣦 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣶 䣧 䣁
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣃 䣮 䣮 䣗 䣵 䣧 䣴 䣐 䣣 䣯 䣧 䣵 䣣 䣰 䣦 䣒 䣴 䣱 䣩 䣴 䣣 䣯 䣵
㻌
- 59 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
<Initial data in non-volatile memory>
Set temperature
Set O2 density
Set CO2 density
Ring Back time
Temperature zero calibration
Log interval
CO2 zero calibration
CO2 span calibration
CO2 sensor gas cell voltage
Key Lock
24hours UV mode
DAQ mode
Remote alarm
LCD backlight
CO2 sensor gas reference voltage
Model code
Function doe
DAQ communication speed
DAQ communication ID
High/low temperature alarm
High/low CO2 density alarm
High/low O2 density alarm
Alarm delay time
Dooer alarm delay time
UV lamp timer
Door heater balance
Bottom heater balance
Key lock password
CO2 valve control
N2/O2 valve control
PCB test mode
Demo mode
CO2 Auto changer mode (option)
Standard gas calibration (option)
H2O2 decontamination (option)
UV lamp option
Primary H2O2 misting time
Primary H2O2 preservation time
Secondary H2O2 misting time
Secondary H2O2 resolution time
UV lamp accumulation time
Standard gas CO2 density
Standard gas o2 density
H2O2 decontamination temperature
O2 zero calibration
O2 span calibration
O2 sensor gas cell voltage
0
±1.0
䉝
±1.0%
±1.0%
15 min.
2 min.
0 min.
6
10
0000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7 min.
0 min.
0 min.
90 min.
0 min.
5.0%
5.0%
45.0
䉝
500
500
500
200mV
37.0
䉝
20.0%
0.0%
30 min.
0.5
䉝
6 min.
500
700
4000mV
0
0
0
1
0
4000mV
0
0
0
Corrective coefficient
Corrective coefficient
For CO2 zero calibration
0:OFF
1:ON
0:OFF, 1:ON
0:Local
1:Remote
0:Linked with buzzer
1:Not linked with buzzer
0:Blue, 1:White
For CO2 zero calibration
0:2400bps
1:4800bps
2:9600bps
Current conductivity ratio
Current conductivity ratio
0: CO2 valve A
1: CO2 valve B
0: O2/N2 valve A
1: O2/N2 valve B
0:OFF, 1:ON
0:OFF, 1:ON
0:OFF, 1:ON
0:OFF, 1:ON
0:OFF, 1:ON
0:OFF, 1:ON
UV resolution
Corrective coefficient
For N2 mode
For O2 mode
For O2 zero calibration
- 60 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
16 H2O2 decontamination
㻌
㻌 <Setting of H2O2 decontamination>
㻌
㻌
㻌 㻌 㻌 Ensure first that UV lamp function and H2O2 decontamination mode are active.
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥 䣶 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵 䣕 䣸 䣥 䣘 䣧 䣴 䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲 䣃
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩 䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣃 䣰 䣣 䣮 䣱 䣩 䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣧 䣶 䣥
䣊 䣧 䣣 䣶 䣧 䣴 䣄 䣣 䣮 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶 䣷 䣵
䣋 䣰 䣫 䣶 䣫 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣼 䣧 䣦 䣣 䣶 䣣
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧
䣗 䣘
䣯
䣈 䣷 䣰
䣅 䣱 䣰 䣨 䣫 䣩
䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣷 䣴 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䢳 䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑 䣐 䢫
䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣦 䣉 䣣
䣈 䣷 䣰
䣵
䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣅 䣣
䣰
䣮 䣈 䣷 䣰 䣥 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䢳
䢲 䢪
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈
䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈
䢳
䣈 䢳 䢰
䢰 䣑 䣐 䢫
䣑 䣐 䢫
䣅 䣑 䢴 䣉 䣣 䣵 䣃
䣆 䣧 䣯 䣱
䣒 䣅 䣄 䣆
䣏 䣱 䣦 䣧
䣴 䣫 䣸 䣧
䣷 䣶 䣱 䣅 䣪 䣣 䣰 䣩 䣧 䣴 䢲
䢲
䢲
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈 䣈 䢳 䢰 䣑 䣐 䢫
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑 䣈
䢪 䢲 䢰 䣑
䣈 䢳 䢰
䣈 䣈 䢳
䣑 䣐 䢫
䢰 䣑 䣐 䢫
㻌
㻌
䣴 䣖 䣧 䣵 䣶
㻌
㻌
Select “System Configuration” in “Select Tools Svc” display.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key to display “System Configuration”.
Ensure “1” is displayed both in the right side of “UV Function” column and “Decon Function” column.
Note) When “0” is selected in both “UV Function” column and “Decon Function” column, H2O2 decontamination mode is inactive,if H2O2 key is pressed for 3 seconds.
㻌
- 61 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌 ճ ո
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 ձ
䢹
䣯 շ
䣙 䣣 䣴 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣩 䣗 䣲
䣫 䣰 չ 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢵 մ
䣗 䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧 ղ
䢻 䢲
䣯 䣫 䣰 յ
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅 ն
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌
㻌 㻌
㻌 㻌
<Display in H2O2 decontamination>
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
䐟 H2O2 misting time
䐠 H2O2 resolution time
(Note) UV resolution is commenced in the above display.
䐡
Hardware
When “H2O2 Decon” blinks in reverse video, H2O2 is misting.
When “Decon” blinks in reverse video, H2O2 is preserving. (H2O2 is not misting)
䐢
UV
When “UV Resolve” blinks in reverse video, UV resolution is commenced.
䐣 Current temperature in H2O2 decontamination
䐤 Door
When an electric lock is active, “Locked” is displayed in the right of “Door”.
䐥
Error
When an error is occurred in H2O2 decontamination, an error message is displayed.
䐦
Message to operator
A message is displayed when H2O2 decontamination is complete.
Ex.)
䇾
Please Remove H2O2 Unit
䇿
䐧
Step in H2O2 decontamination
Current step is displayed during H2O2 decontamination
㻌
- 62 -
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䢹
䣙 䣣 䣴 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣩 䣗 䣲
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢵 䣗 䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧
䢻 䢲
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣅
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
H2O2 decontamination
㻌
㻌
㻌
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Locate trays and humidifying pan to the position.
Fill 6% H2O2 solution in optional H2O2 unit (MCO-HP).
Connect the cable to the port in the inner rear wall and close both inner and outer door.
Press H2O2 key for 3 seconds in Top Screen.
“H2O2 Decon System Check…” is displayed and an appratus ensures to connect the cable correctly or to check H2O2 solution level or to check door open.
“Ready to Start?” is displayed and press MENU key to select “OK” and press ENTER key.
Warming up and H2O2 misting is commenced.
“H2O2 Decon” blinks in reverse video in the upper left corner of the display.
An apparatus stops H2O2 misting when it reaches predetermined amount and starts
UV resolution. “UV Resolve” blinks in reverse video in the upper center of the display.
“Please Remove H2O2 Unit” is displayed after H2O2 decontamination is complete.
Open both outer and inner door, then disconnect the cable from H2O2 unit.
“PUSH MENU OK” is displayed in the lower left side of the display.
Press MENU key and select “OK”.
Press ENTER key to return to Top Screen.
OK
OK
Step 0 1 2 3
Status
Run in the specificati on
Check
H2O2 unit
4 5 6 7 8
Primary
H2O2 misting
Primary
H2O2 preservati on
Secondary
H2O2 misting
UV resolution
Finish
Ultrasonic oscillator
UV
Lamp
OFF
OFF ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ
ON OFF ON OFF ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ON OFF
Chamber temp.
37.0
䉝 ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ
37.0
䉝
Ļ
45.0
䉝
45.0
䉝 ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ 45.0
䉝
Electric lock
OFF ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ON ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ ĺ OFF
Display
Diagnosis to proceed next step
Select
“Start OK”
Warming up temp. blinks
“Decon” temperature is +/-1.0
䉝
“H2O2
Decon” blinks n reverse video
H2O2 resolution level or
H2O2 misting time is over
15min.
“Decon” blinks in reverse video
“H2O2
Decon” blinks n reverse video
“UV
Resolve”
Blinks in reverse video
(Skip) (Skip)
Note) In default setting, Step 5 (Primary H2O2 preservation time) and 6 (Secondary H2O2 misting time) are set in 0 minute, so it means that Step 7 will be commenced after Step 4.
When both setting times for Step 5 and 6 are 0 minute, the display will be changed from “Step 5” to “Step 6” if primary H2O2 misting is not complete until predetermined time expires.
Set temperature will return to 37
䉝
when press MENU key and select “OK” and press ENTER key in Step 8.
- 63 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢳
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣪 䣧 䣥 䣭 兟 兟 兟 兟 兟
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣔 䣧 䣣 䣦 䣻 䣶 䣱 䣕 䣶 䣣 䣴 䣶 䣁
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䢹
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣙 䣣 䣴 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣩 䣗 䣲
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䢸
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢵 䣗 䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧
䢻 䢲
䣗 䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧
䢻 䢲
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢳 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢶
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌
㻌
㻌
- 64 -
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢳
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣻 䣵 䣶 䣧 䣯 䣅 䣪 䣧 䣥 䣭 兟 兟 兟 兟 兟
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
䣔 䣧 䣣 䣦 䣻 䣶 䣱 䣕 䣶 䣣 䣴 䣶 䣁
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䢹
䣙 䣣 䣴 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣩 䣗 䣲
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䢸
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢵 䣗 䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧
䢻 䢲
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢳 䢰 䢲 䣅
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢶 䣗 䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧
䢻 䢲
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣅
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䢲
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢹 䣗 䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧
䢺 䢻
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
㻰 㼑 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣈 䣫 䣰 䣫 㼟 㼔 㼑 㼐 㻚
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢺
䣒 䣮 䣧 䣣 䣵 䣧 䣔 䣧 䣯 䣱 䣸 䣧 䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣗 䣰 䣫 䣶
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣗 䣰 䣮 䣱 䣥 䣭
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
㻰 㼑 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣈 䣫 䣰 䣫 㼟 㼔 㼑 㼐 㻚
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢺
䣒 䣗 䣕 䣊 䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗 䣑 䣍
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣗 䣰 䣮 䣱 䣥 䣭
㻌
㻌
㻌
<H2O2 decontamination mode>
In Top Screen, press H2O2 key for 3 seconds to activate H2O2 decontamination mode.
Note) H2O2 decontamination mode will not be active without presetting optional UV mode and H2O2 deconmination mode.
㻌
㻌
㻌
- 65 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
<Forced completion of H2O2 decontamination mode ( Step 3)>
㻌
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣗 䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧
䢹
䣯 䣫 䣰
䢻 䢲
䣯
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣃 䣤 䣱 䣴 䣶
䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧 䣯
䣆 䣱 䣱
䣲 䢼 䢶 䢳 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅
䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦 䣙 䣣 䣴 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣩 䣗 䣲
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢺
㻌
㻴 㻞 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 㻭 㼎 㼛 㼞 㼠 㼑 㼐 㻚
䣒 䣮 䣧 䣣 䣵 䣧 䣔 䣧 䣯 䣱 䣸 䣧 䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣗 䣰 䣫 䣶
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢳 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣗 䣰 䣮 䣱 䣥 䣭
㻌
㻌 㻌
㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
While the chamber temperature is warming up (Step 3), press MENU key to display “Abort” is active.
Press ENTER key to display “H2O2 Decon Aborted” and H2O2 decontamination mode will be forcibly terminated.
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣗 䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣃 䣤 䣱 䣴 䣶
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧
䣆 䣱
䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶
䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎
䢷 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅
䣱 䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣗 䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢹
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
䣆 䣱 䣱
䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰
䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱
䢲 䤑 䣅
䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
㻴 㻞 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 㻭 㼎 㼛 㼞 㼠 㼑 㼐 㻚
䣒 䣮 䣧 䣣 䣵 䣧 䣔 䣧 䣯 䣱 䣸 䣧 䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣗 䣰 䣫 䣶
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢺
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣅
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣗 䣰 䣮 䣱 䣥 䣭
- 66 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
<Forced completion of H2O2 decontamination mode ( Step 4)>
䣗 䣘 䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䢸
䣯 䣫 䣰
䢻
䣔 䣧 䣵
䢲
䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣃 䣤 䣱 䣴 䣶
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧
䣆 䣱
䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶
䣱 䣴 䢼 䣎
䢷 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅
䣱 䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䢲
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣗 䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧
䢺 䢻
䣯
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢹
䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
䣆 䣱 䣱
䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰
䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱
䢲 䤑 䣅
䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢺
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻴 㻞 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 㻭 㼎 㼛 㼞 㼠 㼑 㼐 㻚
䣒 䣮 䣧 䣣 䣵 䣧 䣔 䣧 䣯 䣱 䣸 䣧 䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣗 䣰 䣫 䣶
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣗 䣰 䣮 䣱 䣥 䣭
㻌
While H2O2 misting (Step 4), press MENU key to display “Abort” is active.
Press ENTER key to commence UV resolution and to display “H2O2 Decon Aborted” and H2O2 decontamination mode will be forcibly terminated.
㻌
㻌
- 67 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䢲
䣯 䣫 䣰
( 䣴 䣴 䢵 䢷 䢼 䣒 䣱 䣹 䣧 䣴 䣈 䣣 䣫
䣗 䣘
䣮 䣧 䣦
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢹 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱
䢺 䢻
䣮 䣸 䣧
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
䣆 䣱 䣱
䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰
䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱
䢲 䤑 䣅
䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰 䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢺
㻌
㻰 㼑 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣈 䣣 䣫 䣮 㼑 㼐 㻚
䣇 䣴 䣴 䢵 䢷 䢼 䣒 䣱 䣹 䣧 䣴 䣈 䣣 䣫 䣮 䣧 䣦
䣒 䣮 䣧 䣣 䣵 䣧 䣔 䣧 䣯 䣱 䣸 䣧 䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣗 䣰 䣫 䣶
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䤑 䣅
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣗 䣰 䣮 䣱 䣥 䣭
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
<Power failure during H2O2 decontamination mode>
㻌
㻌
If power fails while H2O2 misting process (Step 4) or UV resolution process (Step 7), UV resolution will reset and repeat.
If power fails while H2O2 misting process (Step 4), “Decon Failed” will be displayed and “Err35: Power Failed” will be displayed on the message bar.
If power fails while UV resolution process (Step 7), “Decon Failed” will be displayed and “Err37: Power Failed” will be displayed on the message bar.
- 68 -
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰
䣯 䣫 䣰
( 䣴 䣴 䢵 䢷 䢼 䣒 䣱 䣹 䣧 䣴 䣈 䣣 䣫
䣗 䣘 䣔 䣧 䣵 䣱 䣮 䣸 䣧
䣮 䣧 䣦
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢹
䣯 䣫 䣰
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲
䣆 䣱 䣱
䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰
䣴 䢼 䣎 䣱
䢲 䤑 䣅
䣥 䣭 䣧 䣦
䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣆 䣧 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣶 䣣 䣯 䣫 䣰 䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱 䣰
㻰 㼑 䣥 䣱 䣰 䣈 䣣 䣫 䣮 㼑 㼐 㻚
䣇 䣴 䣴 䢵 䢷 䢼 䣒 䣱 䣹 䣧 䣴 䣈 䣣 䣫 䣮 䣧 䣦
䣒 䣮 䣧 䣣 䣵 䣧 䣔 䣧 䣯 䣱 䣸 䣧 䣊 䢴 䣑 䢴 䣗 䣰 䣫 䣶
䣕 䣶 䣧 䣲 䢼 䢺
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢼 䢶 䢷 䢰 䢲 䣅
䣆 䣱 䣱 䣴 䢼 䣗 䣰 䣮 䣱 䣥 䣭
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
<Error message in H2O2 decontamination>
㻌
(Note 䠅 Only 1 error message is displayed even if multiple error messages are present.
Error # Status Display
Err When H2O2 generator is “H2O2 Decon System Error”
Err 32 disconnected
When H2O2 solution has not
“Err31: H2O2 Unit No Connect”
“H2O2 Decon System Error”
Err 33 been filled or H2O2 sensor fails (disconnected)
When a door is open
“Err32: H2O2 Level is Low”
“H2O2 Decon System Error”
“Err32: H2O2 Level is Low”
Err When H2O2 is abnormally “Err34: H2O2 Volume”
Err 35 generated
(If H2O2 misting time is over
15minutes than predetermined time)
(May be caused by faulty oscillator, faulty fan, poor fan operation or H2O2 generator was set incorrectly)
When power fails during H2O2 is generated
“Err35: Power Failed” is displayed after power returns.
“Decon Failed” is displayed after UV resolution process is complete.
Err 36
Err 37
When UV lamp fails “Err36: UV Lamp Failer”
Alarm Action
Decontamination mode aborts
Decontamination mode aborts
Decontamination mode aborts
Buzzer sounds intermittently
UV resolution will be commenced
Remote alarm activates
Buzzer sounds intermittently
Remote alarm activates
Buzzer sounds intermittently
Remote alarm activates
UV resolution will be commenced after power returns
UV resolution time will be extended
When power fails during UV resolution process
“Err37: Power Failed” is displayed after power returns
“Decon Finished” is displayed after
UV resolution process is complete.
UV resolution will be commenced again after power returns
- 69 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
17 ROM version
䣖 䣧 䣯 䣲 䢵 䢹
䢵 䢹 䢰
䢰 䢲 䤑䣅
䢲
䣕 䣶 䣣 䣶
䣑 䣍
䣷 䣵
䣅 䣑 䢴 䢷 䢰 䢲 䢧
䢷 䢰 䢲
䣕 䣧 䣮 䣧 䣥
䣖 䣧
䣶
䣯 䣲 䢱 䣅
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣑 䢴 䢱 䣑 䢴
䢪 䢳 䢱 䢴
䣅 䣣 䣮 䣫 䣤 䣴
䢫
䣃 䣮 䣣 䣴 䣯
䣎 䣅 䣆 䢱 䣆 䣃
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣓 䣕 䣧
䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣶 䣶 䣫 䣰
䣗 䣘
䣍 䣧 䣻
䣆 䣣 䣶
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣥 䣭
䣧 䣖 䣫
䣶 䣫 䣰 䣩
䣒 䣙
䣯 䣧
䣩
䣕 䣧 䣶 䣶
䣣 䣶 䣫 䣱
䣫 䣰 䣩
䣰
䣒 䣣 䣵 䣵 䣹 䣱 䣴 䣦
䣑 䢴
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣕 䣧 䣶
䣎 䣱 䣩
䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣕 䣸 䣥
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣈 䣱 䣴
䣒 䣣 䣵
䣕 䣧
䣵 䣹 䣱 䣴
䣴 䣸 䣫 䣥
䣦
䣧 䣖 䣱 䣱 䣮 䣵
䣏 䣇 䣐 䣗
䣑 䣍
䣅 䣣 䣰 䣥 䣧 䣮
䣏 䣣 䣫
䣎 䣅 䣆
䣰 䣄 䣱
䣄
䣣 䣴 䣦
䣱 䣣 䣴 䣦
䣘 䣧 䣴 䢰
䣘 䣧 䣴
䢳 䢰 䢳 䢲
䢰 䢳 䢰 䢳
䣃
䢲 䣃
㻌
㻌
㻌 㻌 㻌
㻌
Procedures
0
1
2
3
In Top Screen, press MENU key and select “Tools”.
Press ENTER key to display “Select Tools (1/2)” and press MENU key to select “Svc”.
Press ENTER key to display “Password” and ROM version is displayed.
Select “Cancel” in MENU key and press ENTER key.
4 “Select Tools (1/2)” is displayed.
㻌
㻌
Note) ROM version for Main PCB is displayed as “Main Board Ver. x. xxx”.
ROM version for LCD PCB is displayed as “LCD Board Ver. x. xxx”.
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
MENU key
Tools
Svc
Cancel
- 70 -
Prevention of contamination
In servicing for CO
2
incubator, it is important to prevent from contamination.
䠄
1
䠅㻌
More than 90% of contamination in CO
2
incubator is caused by mold. Mold is a kind of true fungi, it has high increasing power under high temperature and high humidity. Accordingly, it is easy for mold to increase inside CO
2
incubator. Those increased mold eat up culture (mainly animal cell), eventually precious test sample will be killed. Cell that is independent from ecosystem is also independent from immune system, it has no immunity against all.
䠄
2
䠅㻌
Precautions for mold increasing
There are many cases that mold multiply by eating fat on the fingers as a source of nutrient in CO
2 incubator.
Therefore,
䐟㻌 Be sure to wash and sterilize your hands prior to servicing. Use 70 䠂 ethanol.
䐠㻌 In installing, sterilize the inside wall and shelves after removing shelves, duct, humidifying pan and so on with 70% ethanol.
䠄
3
䠅㻌
In the case that mold has already multiplied.
Sterilize the interior (walls) and shelves with 70% ethanol after removed all items from the chamber as same as (2)䐠 above.
And you should sterilize again after 24 hours once sterilized, when the root of spore is geminated, because it is too difficult to remove spore of mold. Repeat sterilization is effective.
NOTICE
In general, stainless steel is known that it is not easy 䠄 hard 䠅 to rust.
However depends on the conditions, rust might generate.
When you remove rust, we recommend the following agents.
Besides, the surface may become foggy.
Recommended agent:
1 䠊 Cream cleanser 䛂 Gif 䛃 䠄 Nippon Leva 䠅
2
䠊
Picasso #SUS300-W
䠄
Chemical YAMAMOTO
䠅
䠘 Picasso has greater capability of clean for rust than Gif.
䠚
- 71 -
Specifications of sensors
䕔㻌
Temp. sensor, Overheat protect sensor, CO
2
BOX temp. sensor (Type:103AT-1)
㻌
Temperature
(
䉝
)
12
13
14
15
16
8
9
10
11
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
Resistance
(k ȍ )
19.48
18.70
17.96
17.24
16.55
15.90
15.28
14.68
14.12
27.28
26.13
25.03
23.99
22.99
22.05
21.15
20.29
Temperature
(
䉝
)
29
30
31
32
33
25
26
27
28
21
22
23
24
17
18
19
20
Resistance
(k ȍ )
10.00
9.63
9.28
8.94
8.62
8.31
8.02
7.73
7.46
13.57
13.06
12.56
12.09
11.63
11.20
10.78
10.38
Temperature
(
䉝
)
46
47
48
49
50
42
43
44
45
38
39
40
41
34
35
36
37
Resistance
(k ȍ )
7.19
6.94
6.70
6.47
6.25
6.03
5.83
5.63
5.44
5.26
5.08
4.91
4.75
4.59
4.44
4.30
4.16
䕔㻌
CO
2
sensor (Type: IR sensor)
㻌
㻌
㻌
CO
2
density
䠄䠂䠅
Output voltage
䠄
V
䠅
CO
2
density
䠄䠂䠅
Output voltage
䠄
V
䠅
CO
2
density
䠄䠂䠅
Output voltage
䠄
V
䠅
0.0 4.00 8.0 3.14 16.0 2.88
1.0 3.82 9.0 3.10 17.0 2.85
2.0 3.63 10.0 3.06 18.0 2.83
3.0 3.49 11.0 3.02 19.0 2.81
4.0 3.39 12.0 2.99 20.0 2.78
5.0 3.31 13.0 2.96
6.0 3.25 14.0 2.93
7.0 3.19 15.0 2.90
*Reference value for R40 in Main PCB
㻌
- 72 -
㻌
䕔㻌 O
2
sensor 㻌
O
2
(%
䠅
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 93.9 103.8
113.9 134.4
144.8
20 198.8 232.9
244.5
256.3
30 317.8 356.8
370.2
383.8
155.3 166.0 176.8 187.8
268.3 280.4 292.7 305.2
397.6 411.7 425.9 440.4
40 455.1
50 617.6
500.8
672.7
516.6
691.9
532.7
711.5
549.0 565.7 582.6 600.0
731.5 752.0 772.9 794.4
60 816.4 885.9
910.3
935.4
961.2 987.8 1015.2
1043.5
70 1072.7 1166.6
1200.2 1235.2
1271.6
1309.5 1349.1
1390.5
1479.7 1527.9 1751.8
1817.8 1889.2
1966.7
90 2051.6 2145.5 2250.4 2369.4 2506.7 2669.2 (2868.0) (3124.3) (3485.6) (4103.2)
* A/D converter input voltage
- 73 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
Mechanism for Double wavelength IR sensor
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
Chamber air
Infrared ray
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
Measured wavelength: 4.0
μ m
CO2 measured wavelength IR sensor
Measured wavelength:
4.3
μ m
Double wavelength (4.0
䃛 m adding to 4.3
䃛 m) can be measured simultaneously in this IR sensor.
Higher accuracy can be obtained by comparing both of measured wavelengths constantly in the same temperature condition.
㻌
It is unnecessary to inject ambient air when CO
2
zero calibration is commenced with every 4 hours, as previous models performed.
- 74 -
Water sensor
This Incubator is equipped with a water level sensor for the humidifying pan. The sensor is set automatically when the humidifying pan is installed. Take care not to damage the sensor when removing or installing the humidifying pan.
When the humidifying pan is removed (side view)
Pan
Sensor
When the humidifying pan is installed (side view)
Sensor
Pan
Photo sensor
Note:
Make sure that the humidifying pan is all the way to the back and that the sensor comes down when you install the humidifying pan.
• Lift the sensor before installing the humidifying pan if the sensor is in the lower position after maintenance.
• When installing the humidifying pan, make sure that the pan is set properly and that sensor comes down into the pan. “RH PAN” will be displayed in reverse video in the status display field on LCD panel if the sensor does not come down completely. If necessary, set the pan again in the proper location.
• The sensor detects the water level every 30 minutes and just after the outer door is closed. It takes several seconds to detect the water level. Therefore, “RH PAN” may displayed in reverse video several times in the status display field on LCD panel after the outer door is closed even when the humidifying pan is full.
CAUTION
Foreign particles on the water surface can adhere to the water level sensor and fittings by capillary action because the sensor is always in the water. The adhered foreign particles degrade sensor performance and
“RH PAN” may be displayed in reverse video in the status display field on LCD panel even though there is sufficient water in the humidifying pan. Be sure to wipe OFF any dirt on the water level sensor with disinfectant alcohol whenever you change the humidifying water. When cleaning the sensor, take care not to apply excessive force to the lead wires.
When cleaning the sensor, mainly wipe OFF dirt on the right side of photo sensor (where red LED is lit when the door switch pressed).
- 75 -
Parts layout
䛆
LCD control panel
䛇
䛆
Outer door is open
䠄 inner door is closed
䠅䛇
䛆
MCO-19M(UV)
䛇
Overheat protect sensor
Temp.
sensor
䛆 Inner wall 䛇
CO2 inject pipe
Access hole
Circulating fan
䛆 MCO-HL is optionally installed 䛇
Silicone cap attached during H2O2 decontamination
Silicone cap is not attached
(Covered by plate)
䛆
H2O2 generator
䠄
MCO-HL)
䠄
MCO-SG)
䛇䞉䞉䞉
Option
Humidifying pan
䛆 Sensor BOX 䠄 Cover is removed 䠅䛇
䛆
Electric lock on door (Option)
䛇 䛆
Electric lock on unit (Option
䠅䛇
䛆
Inner bottom
䛇
UV lamp
䠄
Option for MCO-19M
䠅
CO2 sensor
O2 sensor
Humidifying pan Water sensor
Remote alarm terminal
Glow starter
䛆
Back side
䛇
Circulating fan motor
Access hole
CO2 valve
O2/N2 valve A
O2/N2 valve B
Main PCB
Switching power supply
Ballast
Noise filter
Power transformer
PCB for O2 sensor
- 76 -
㻌
Setting procedures for optional components
㻌
Applicable for; MCO-19UVS, MCO-HL, MCO-HP, MCO-SG
1. How to access to optional components
(1) Input of service code
Operation Key Display
1
2 Press MENU key.
3 Select “Tool” and press ENTER key.
4 Press “MENU” key.
-----
MENU
ENTER
MENU
5 Select “SVC” and press ENTER key.
6 Input service code ‘384’ by numeric keys. Numeric key
7 Press MENU key.
8 Select OK and press ENTER key.
MENU
ENTER
“MENU” window
Select “Tool” screen
“MENU” window
Password input screen
“MENU” window
Service mode “Select Tools Svc”
Note) If you fails to input service code, “Wrong Password” is displayed under the “Password” on the screen and error tone emits. The password “384” should be input correctly.
Service code is unchangeable.
(2) Access to optional components
# Operation Key Display
1
2 Select “System Configuration” and press
ENTER key.
3 Select applied optional components* from
“System Configuration” and input “1” by numeric key.
4 Press MENU key.
5 Select “OK” and press ENTER key.
-----
Numeric key
MENU
ENTER
Service mode “Select Tools Svc”
“MENU” window
“MENU” window
* Optional components in “System Configuration”
Optional components
UV lamp add-on kit (MCO-19UVS)
H
2
O
2
generator (MCO-HP),
H
2
O
2
Decontamination kit (MCO-HL)
Automatic CO
2
Density Calibration Add-on Kit (MCO-SG)
Automatic CO
2
Cylinder Changeover System (MCO-21GC)
Application in “System Configuration”
“UV Function”
“Decon Function”
“Std Gas Cal Function”
“CO2 Gas AutoChanger”
- 77 -
2. Operation check for optional components
(1) UV lamp add-on kit (MCO-19UVS) z UV setting
# Operation Key Display
1
2 Press MENU key.
3 Select Tool and press ENTER key.
4 Select “UV Setting” and press ENTER key.
5 Select “UV Timer” and input setting period by numeric keys. Press ENTER key.
6 Press MENU key.
7 Select “OK” and press ENTER key.
-----
MENU
ENTER
ENTER
Numeric keys
ENTER
MENU
ENTER
“MENU” window
“Select Tool” screen
“UV setting” screen
“MENU” window
Note 1) UV lamp lighting time range is 0~30 minutes. Factory default is 5 minutes.
If you set lighting time to ‘0’, UV lamp will not illuminate.
2) UV lamp switches off by opening the outer door during UV lamp illuminates.
UV lamp illuminates for predetermined time after the outer door is closed.
3) If UV lamp lighting time is set longer than 5 minutes, or if the outer is open and close frequently, it may be caused there is condensation in the chamber, or temperature distribution is ununiformly, or UV lamp lifetime to be shorted by heat emission from the UV lamp.
4) Consult a SANYO representative or agent for replacement of UV lamp.
5) UV lamp occasionally stays illuminating longer than the predetermined time for the compensation of reducing UV illumination which is caused by increasing UV lamp accumulation time. z Operation check
# Operation
1 Press door switch when the outer door is open and the inner door is closed.
2 After several seconds pass, check if ‘UV indicator’ is displayed on LCD display.
3 You can see blue ray at the front of humidifying tray cover.
Never look UV ray directly.
- 78 -
(2) H
2
O
2
generator (MCO-HP), H
2
O
2
Decontamination kit (MCO-HL) z Installation
Fill 80cc distilled water in MCO-HP. By using the cable enclosed, connect MCO-HP with the connector on the bottom right of the incubator. (See picture as below)
Connector cap should be kept in safe place.
Ensure 2 pins of MCO-HP should be aligned to the holes on the rear duct. If not so, it may be caused poor in spray performance.
For the check of spray performance, hold door switch by the tape.
Front
H
2
O
2 generator z Operation check
UV lamp
Rear duct
Connector
Ultrasound oscillator
Front
H
2
O
2 generator
UV lamp
# Operation Key
1
2 Press O
2
key for 3 seconds.
3
-----
H2O2 “H2O2 Decontamination”
(System check starts)
-----
‘H2O2 Decon’ blinks
(If error message is shown, refer to Instruction Manual P.57.)
----- 4 Ensure if the outer door is locked by electric key.
5 Open outer door by using key to check spray performance is correctly obtained.
----- Turn key toward the direction when you locked and take key off before door shut. You cannot turn the key with the door shut.
- 79 -
z Removal of MCO-HP on the way of decontamination
# Operation Key
1 Turn the unit off and on.
2 When ‘Warming up’ is displayed, press
MENU key and select ‘about’ and press
ENTER key.
Power switch
MENU
ENTER
“H2O2 Decontamination”
To avoid the device turning back to resolution process, ensure to press “MENU” key and select
‘about’ and press “ENTER” key when ‘Warming up’ is displayed.
“Top Screen” 3 Remove MCO-HP and press MENU key and ENTER key.
MENU
ENTER
4 Ensure electric lock should be unlocked. Ensure outer door should be opened.
(3) Automatic CO
2
Density Calibration Add-on Kit (MCO-SG) z Setting of Standard CO
2
and O
2 density
# Operation Key Display
1
2 Press MENU key.
3 Select Tool and press ENTER key.
4 Select “Standard Gas setting” on page 2.
Press ENTER key.
5 Input standard gas density by numeric keys.
-----
MENU
ENTER
ENTER
Numeric key
“MENU” window
“Select Tool”
“Standard Gas Setting” screen
6 Press MENU key. MENU “MENU” window
7 Select ‘OK’ and press ENTER key. z CO
2
and O
2 density calibration
ENTER
# Operation Key
1
2 Press MENU key.
3 Select Tool and press ENTER key.
4 Select “Standard Gas calibration” on the
2 nd
page of “Select Tool” screen.
Press ENTER key.
-----
MENU
ENTER
ENTER
“MENU” window
“Select Tool”
“Standard Gas Calibration” screen
(System check starts)
After passing system check, confirmation screen is shown to start calibration.
ENTER 5 Select ‘OK’ in “MENU” window and press
ENTER key to start CO
2
calibration.
6 CO
2 calibration is complete,
“Top Screen” is shown.
- 80 -
㻌 㻌
㻌
How to install UV lamp add-on kit (MCO-19UVS)
㻌
Kit includes:
䐥
1 UV label
(Unused for MCO-19M)
䐦 1 UV caution label
䐟
1 UV lamp
䐢㻌 2 Glow ass’y
䐧
1 UV door switch caution label
䐨 5 Name plate
䐠 1 UV lamp cover
䐣
1 Ballast
䐡
6 Screws
䠄
M4
䠅
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
1. Unplug the unit and make sure that power is not supplied to the unit.
2. Remote the duct from inside the unit, then take 2 caps and 2 screws off as shown in
Fig.1
Screw
㻌
㻌
Cap
㻌
㻌
Fig. 1
㻌
3. Take the rear cover off as shown in Fig. 2.
㻌
Rear cover
Fig. 2
4. Take 2 insulations out for the UV lamp lead wire hole as shown in Fig. 3. Insulations can be easily taken out by pushing it from inside of the chamber. Keep them for reuse.
Insulation
Fig. 3
5. Set the UV lamp ( 䐟 ) to the hole and make sure to fit correctly. Fix the UV lamp cover (
䐠
) by 2 screws ( 䐡 ).
䐡
Screw
䐟䠱䠲
lamp
䐠䠱䠲
lamp cover
Fig. 4
- 81 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
6. Fit the duct to original position.
Place the humidifying tray and set the humidifying tray cover as shown in Fig. 5.
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
Humidifying tray cover
㻌
㻌
㻌
Fig. 5
8. Remote the 2 caps shown in Fig. 7.
Fit Glow Ass’y (
Cap
㻌
㻌
㻌
7. Replace the insulations into the UV lamp lead wire hole with the wires passed through the cuts on both insulations. See Fig. 6.
㻌
䐢
Glow Ass’y
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䐢
䐣
) and Ballast ( by using 4 screws (
䐡
).
Ballast
Fig. 7
䐣
䐡
)
Screw (4pcs)
Fig. 6
- 82 -
㻌
9. Connect each lead wire connectors of Ballast and Glow Ass’y as shown in Fig. 8
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
Glow starter (FG-7P)
Main PCB
CN14 white
White
UV lamp
White
Blue 2P
䠄
For MCO-18AIC
Glow starter (FG-7P)
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䠄 For MCO-19AIC/19M 䠅
Power trans.
White 2P
Yellow
Light blue
White 2P
Blue 1P
Red 2P
White 3P
Green 1P
Noise filter
White 9P
Ballast
Connect them after removing each cover
㻌
㻌
㻌
Fig. 8
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
10. Labels layout
Put each label on the specified place. Use the name plate of MCO-19M(UV) for MCO-19M.
䐧
UV door switch caution label
䐨
Name plate
䐦
㻌
UV lamp caution label
Fig. 9
䠅
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
- 83 -
11. How to set UV lamp lighting period
㻌
㻌
0
1
0
2
1
1
1
2
1
3
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
5
1
T e m p 3 7 . 0 o
C C O 2 5 . 0 %
3
4
2
㸱㸵 㸮
㸳 㸮
M
S
T o o l s
㻌
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
6
O
㻌
㻌
7
㻌
㻌
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
C a n ce l M E NU
3
9
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
o ( 1 / 2 )
T e m p / C O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n
M
O K
S v c
4
0
4
0
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
U V S e t t i n g
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
P a s s w o r d
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
㻌
㻌
㻌
O K
䠢
o r
S e r v i c e T o o l s
P a s s w o r d
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
M
B o a r d V e r . 1 . 0 0 A
㻌
㻌
L C D B o a r d V e r . 1 . 0 0 a
䐟
[Service mode
䠄
Svc
䠅
]
Select MENU ĺ Tools in Top screen and select MENU ĺ Svc and press ENTER key to call
‘Password input screen’. Input ‘384 ‘ for password.
(Note) The message ‘Wrong Password’is displayed with error tone emitted when you input wrong password. You cannot change service code.
㻌
㻌
㻌
- 84 -
㻌
㻌
㻌 㻌 䠍
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㸱㸵㸮 㸳㸮
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
M E NU
C a n ce l
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
1
S
3
S y s t e m C o n f i g u r a t i o n
A C o S v c V e r . 1 . 0 0
M e t c
E
O K
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
㻌
㻌
4
H
㻌
㻌
5
D
㻌
㻌
㻌
S t u s
6
I n l i z e d a t a
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
1
3
S
㻌 㻌
U s t e m C o n f i g u r a t i o n
䠍
M
( 0 . O F F 1 . O N )
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
4
㻌
D e c o n F u n c t i o n 0
S t d G a s C a l F u n c t i o n 0
5
C
D
( 0 . O F F 1 . O N )
( 0 . O F F 1 . O N )
㻌
㻌
6
P C B D r i v e r T e s t 0
䐠
How to set UV lamp optionally (UV Function
䠅
In Select Tools Svc screen, select ‘System Configuration’ and MENU ĺ OK(ENT) to display UV lamp optional setting screen.
When you input ‘1’ for UV Function, you can set UV lamp lighting period.
(Note) You cannot enter ‘UV Setting’ screen in Select Tools(1/2) without UV lamp is optionally set.
Automatically reverts to Top screen.
䐡
How to activate UV lamp operation
㻌
㻌
㻌
4
㻌
In Top screen press MENU to call MENU window. Select Tools and press ENTER key.
0
1
0
2
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
㻌
1
T e m p 3 7 . 0
㻌
2
㻌
3
o
C C O 2 5 . 0 % A
M
㸱㸵㸮 㸳㸮
3
6
S e t
3
7
3
8
3
9
㻌
㻌
5
S
㻌
6
T
㻌
7
4
0
- 85 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䐢
In Select Tools screen, select UV Setting and press MENU button.
Select OK and press ENTER key to call UV setting screen.
S o ( 1 / 2 )
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
A
S G S e t t i n G
M
D e 1 ( L C D , D A Q )
U V S e t t i n g
O K v c
㻌
㻌
㻌
S G C a l i b r a t i o n
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
㻌
䐣 UV lighting period 䠄 UV Timer 䠅 setting
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
U V S e t t i n g
1
3
1
4
1
5
3
U
U V L i f e
4
5
U V T i m e r E x t .
㻌
U
1
6
1
7
+
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
M
3
5
3
6
0 mi n ( 0 - 3 0 1 . O N )
0
0
%
%
O K
0 ( 0 . O F F 1 . O
䠅
3
7
6
3
8
3
9 z The range for setting UV lighting period 䠄 UV TIMER 䠅 is 0 䡚 30 minutes. Default setting is 0. (UV lamp is not lit). z Set 5 minutes for UV lighting period 䠄 UV TIMER 䠅 . z UV lamp is lit during specified period after outer door is shut. UV lamp goes off if you open the door during UV lamp is lit. z Please note it may be caused condensation or chamber temperature may be unstable by the heat emitted from UV lamp when you set UV lamp lighting period over 5 minutes or open and shut outer door frequently. It may be also caused shorten the UV lamp life. Consult to your sales agents when you replace UV lamp. z UV lamp may be lit longer than your specified period because UV lamp would be extended to be lit automatically to compensate for UV output being lower.
4
0
㻌
12. How to check UV lamp lighting
Operation
1 Press door switch with the inner door shut and the outer door opened.
2
Several seconds later, check if UV indicator on the control panel is lit.
Check if ‘UV’ is appeared on LCD screen.
3
Check if you can see blue ray at the front of humidifying pan cover.
You should check UV ray with inner door shut.
Never look UV ray directly for your eyes prevention.
- 86 -
Installation of H
2
O
2
Generator (MCO-HP)
Prior to use H
2
O
2
Generator, ensure to check the following notes.
After installation
࣭
Make sure the condensing fan should be correctly installed to the position.
࣭
Make sure the duct should be correctly mounted to the position.
࣭
Make sure the H
2
O
2
Generator should be fixed by 2 fixtures which are pointed in the picture and each fixture should be correctly mounted to the holes at the bottom of the duct.
“Err34” (The volume of H
2
O
2
generated is abnormal)
࣭
If you find an error message, ‘Err34’ after predetermined decontamination process is complete, the voltage of the apparatus may be out of the specification and it is necessary to adjust H
2
O
2 generating time. Please consult to your authorized sales representative.
㸦 left and right
㸧
* Secure H
2
O
2
Generator with the fixtures to prevent generator from being moved or rattled.
Fixture
H
2
O
2
Duct
Generator (MCO-HP)
- 87 -
How to install H
2
O
2
decontamination kit
䠄
MCO-HL
䠅
and Electric lock
䕔
Parts enclosures 㻌 㻌 㻌
Screw (M4)
䕔
Tools
Screw (M5)
䞉㻌
Philips Screwdriver
䞉㻌
Wrench (8mm)
Plate meeting Transformer Lock and key
Water proof connector
Name plate
Caution label
Cap (M4)
Connector (White, 3P)
䐟
Mount transformer on plate meeting and secure with screws (M4) and connect each wires (red and brown) to the places as left picture specified.
Wire (Red)
Rear cover
Door under cover
Wire (Brown)
Screw (M4)
䐠
Remove rear cover.
Water proof
䐡
Remove Inner cabinet rear cover, 2pcs of connector frame under cover and door under cover.
Fit water proof connector to the place as the arrow pointed in the picture.
Note) Mark triangle should be oriented to
Inner cabinet rear cover upper position.
Frame under cover
Fit 2 caps (M4) to the holes at cover support.
Cap (M4)
Cover support
- 88 -
㘽
Key
M5
࣏ࣜࢱࢺ
Connector (Black, 3P)
㟁Ẽ㘄
Electric lock
Plate meeting
Connector (White, 2P) ⓑⰍࢥࢿࢡࢱ
(2P)
Connector (Black, 3P)
Tie
䐢
Connect connector for electric lock with connector (White, 2P) and fit to the angle.
Fit the key to lower side of the door.
Note
䠅
Reuse screws to fit each parts.
Electric lock should be secured by new screws (M5).
䐣
Recommended to fit electric lock first to the screw holes as arrow pointed in the left picture when you fit electric lock to the unit.
䐤 Fit plate meeting to the places as left picture shown and connect each connectors.
䠆
Harness for connector (Black, 3P) should be put thorough the tie.
㻌 㻌 㻌
Peel seal off from insulation and fit the insulation back to original position.
Connector (Black, 2P)
Connector (Black, 4P)
- 89 -
Door opening should be less than 10mm when electric lock activating.
Loosen 2 screws to allow electric lock to move toward back.
䐥
Shut the door and ensure electric lock should be correctly functioned by using key. Electric lock is not active when the power is supplied. Ensure door opening should be less than 10mm when electric lock is active.
䐦 Align the position of electric lock if it is not locked correctly.
䐧
Fit the cover back under the frame.
Cover
- 90 -
<Layout for Name plate and Caution label>
Put Name plate and Caution label on the following specified places.
Name plate (For MCO-19M(UVH))
Caution label (For MCO-19M(UVH))
- 91 -
㻌
㻌
㻌
How to install Roller Base
䠄
MCO-18RB
䠅
㻌
㻌
1. As shown in the figure,set the unit on the roller base
䐟
so that its leveling legs can fit into the holes (4 holes) on the base.
2. Insert the fixture
䐠
from the side to the front leveling leg.
Secure the fixture with 2 screws
䐡
.
㻌
㻌
- 92 -
Leveling leg
㻌
䠄 䠅
How to install Automatic CO2 cylinder changeover
(MCO-21GC)
(
Automatic gas switcher for MCO-20AIC/18AIC/18M/19AIC/19M/18AC)
Parts list
ձ
CO
2
valve assy ճ connecting port for
CO
2
gas pipe B շ
tube band (S) ո
screw մ
nut յ spring washer չ
tube ղ
y-pipe assy ն
tube band (L)
Ķ
Straight connector
(For MCO-19AIC/MCO-19M only)
Before mounting
This kit is applicable to MCO-20AIC, MCO-18AIC ,
MCO-18M, MCO-19AIC, MCO-19M and MCO-18AC.
Following procedure is necessary only when mounting to MCO-18AIC MCO-18M or MCO-18AC.
ĵ tube L100
(Used for
MCO-18AIC/18M/MCO-19AIC
MCO-19M/MCO-18AC)
Ĭ
CO
2
valve assy
1. Remove 2 tube bands on the CO
2
valve assy and then remove the hose and capillary.
Ĭ
,
2. Attach the tube L100 ĵ and fix the tube by the tube band removed in procedure 1.
Make sure the tube bands are fixed firmly to prevent gas leakage. ĵ tube L100
Following procedure is necessary only when mounting to MCO-19AIC or MCO-19M.
Remove the tube and capillary
Fig.1
1. Remove 2 tube bands on the CO
2
valve assy Ĭ , and then remove the hose and capillary.
2. Remove the straight connector from the inlet side of the CO2 valve assy and replace with the straight connector
Ķ
.
Make sure it is fixed firmly to prevent gas leakage.
Ĭ
CO
2
valve assy
Ķ
Straight connector tube band
Fix the edge by the tube band
Tube band
Inlet side
- 93 -
3. Attach the tube L100 ĵ and fix the tube by the tube bands removed in procedure 1.
Make sure the tube bands are fixed firmly to prevent gas leakage.
Mounting procedure
1.Disconnect the power cable and make sure that the unit is not supplied with the power.
2.Remove the rear cover specified in the right figure by unscrewing the fixing screws. ĵ
tube L100
3.Fix ձ
by using the enclosed screws( ո
).
4.Remove cap and fix յ with ճ and մ .
5.Connect the wiring harness of CO
6.Disconnect upper tube of CO
2
2
valve B to the connector
(yellow) of wiring harness from CN9 on Main board.
valve A.
Connect CO
2
valve A and CO as shown in Fig.3-1
㹼
3-4.
2
valve B and tube X by using ղ
Fig.2
7.Connect bottom tube of ձ to ճ .
8.Connect the port with CO
2
gas supply line B by using չ
.
9 .Fix tubes securely using ն and շ as shown in Fig.3-1 㹼 3-4.
10.Mount the rear cover back to the place
NOTE: All the tubes should be connected firmly to prevent gas leakage.
Fig.3-1 MCO-20AIC
CO
2 valve B
Ĭ ij į
İ
Į ĭ
Tube X
CO
2
valve A white
Main board
CN9
Rear cover
cap
Connector
(yellow)
Ĵ
Fix both ends by the tube bands
IJ ı
CO
2
gas supply line A
CO
2
gas supply line B
- 94 -
Fig.3-2
MCO-18AIC,MCO-19AIC
CO
2 valve B
Ĭ ij
Fig.3-3
MCO-18
᳇ȷ
MCO-19
᳇
CO
2
valve B
Ĭ ij
Fig.3-4 MCO-18AC cap ĭ
Tube X
CO
2
valve A į
İ
Į white
Main board
CN9
Connector
(yellow)
Ĵ ĭ
Tube X
CO
2
valve A į
İ
Cap
Į white
Main board
CN9
Connector
(yellow)
CO
2 valve B
Ĭ ij cap ĭ
Tube X
CO
2
valve A į
İ
Į white
Main board
CN9
Connector
(yellow)
Ĵ
IJ ı
CO
2
gas supply line A
CO
2
gas supply line B
IJ ı
Ĵ
CO
2
gas supply line B
CO
2
gas supply line A
IJ ı
CO
2
gas supply line A
CO
2
gas supply line B
- 95 -
Setting procedures for MCO-20AIC/MCO-18AIC/MCO-18M/MCO-18AC
When use MCO-21GC(the automatic switcher of CO
2
gas supply line), it is necessary to set in automatic gas switching mode according to the following procedures.
Description of operation Indication after operation
1
2
Turn the power switch ON.
Press CAL key for 5 seconds.
Key operated
-
CAL
The current chamber temperature is displayed.
The left digit in the temperature indicator is flashed.
3 By pressing key and key, set the figure to F03.
F 0 3
ENT
5 By pressing key and key, set the figure to 384
ENT
In CO
2
density indicator,
"000" is displayed.
F 0 3 0 0 0
F 0 3 3 8 4
The current chamber temperature is displayed.
7 Press CAL key for 5 seconds.
CAL
8 By pressing key and key, set the figure to F08
10 By pressing key and key, set only the left digit figure to 1.
NOTE: Do not change center and right digit figure.
ENT
The left digit in the temperature indicator is flashed.
F 0 8
In CO
2
density indicator, "0**" is displayed and the right digit is flashed.
F 0 8 0 * *
F 0 8 1 * *
"
㸨
" means "0" or "1".
ENT
Setting of MCO-21GC is finished.
The current chamber temperature is displayed.
CO
2
gas supply line indicator A is lit.
(For MCO-18M, CO is lit.)
2
gas supply line indicator
CO
2
gas supply line indicator A
$ %
CO
2
gas supply line indicator B
CO
2 gas supply line indicator
MCO-20AIC/18AIC/18AC
MCO-18M
N
2
/O
2
gas supply
line indicator
- 96 -
Operation check after installation of MCO-21GC
(for MCO--20AIC/MCO-18AIC/MCO-18M/MCO-18AC)
After the installation of MCO-21GC is complete, check the operation according to the following procedures.
Procedures
1 Stop the gas supply from cylinder A and use only cylinder B.
2 Turn on the power switch of MCO-20AIC/18AIC/18AC and set 37 and 0%.
Check if the gas cylinder A is selected.
For MCO-20AIC/MCO-18AIC/18AC, check if CO
2
For MCO-18M, check if the CO
2
gas supply line indicator A lights.
gas supply line indicator lights.
3 Leave it for approx. 1 hour until the apparatus can control the CO
(It may take approx. 1 hour to enable the apparatus to control CO
2
density.
2
after the power is turned on.)
CO
2
in 5% and check if the CO
2
inject lamp turns on.
NOTE: In case of low ambient temperature, it may take more than 1 hour until the apparatus can control CO
2
density and the CO
5 Check if E01(CO
2 later since the CO
2
2
inject lamp lights.
gas cylinder becomes empty) is displayed and buzzer sounds after 2-7minutes
inject lamp lights.
Check if the cylinder A is switched to the cylinder B.
For MCO-20AIC/MCO-18AIC/18AC, check if CO
2
gas supply line indicator A starts blinking and the indicator B lights.
For MCO-18M, check if the CO2 gas supply line indicator starts blinking.
6 Check if the CO
2
density is displayed as 5% and keep it stabilized.
NOTE: When the decimal point blinks on the CO control may be interrupted.
2
display during CO
2
sensor calibration, CO
2
7 After operation check is complete, shut down the CO
2
Press BUZZER key to eliminate the "E01" message.
supply of cylinder A and cylinder B.
Select the gas cylinder A.
For MCO-20AIC/MCO-18AIC/18AC, select the cylinder A by pressing CO
2 switching key.
gas supply line
For MCO-18M, press CO light CO
2 injection lamp.
2
gas supply line switching key during CO
2
density setting mode to
Refer to the MCO-20AIC/18AIC/18M instruction manual for the usage of MCO-21GC
* For MCO-18M, the currently selected gas supply line is indicated as follow:
CO
2
gas supply line indicator
Lights
Blinks
Ჴ
Ჴ
Cylinder A
Cylinder B
N
2
/O
2
gas supply line indicator
Lights
Blinks
Ჴ
Ჴ
Cylinder A
Cylinder B
- 97 -
Setting procedure for MCO-19AIC/MCO-19M
When use MCO-21GC(the automatic switcher of CO
2
gas supply line), it is necessary to set in automatic gas switching mode according to the following procedures.
<Service code input>
4
5
0
1
1
0
2
T e m p 3 7 . 0 o
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
C C O 2 5 . 0 %
2
4
2
5
2
3
㸱㸵 㸮
㸳 㸮
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
M
S
T o o l s
3
8
6
K
7
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3
o
4 5 6 7 8 9 0
( 1 / 2 )
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
M E NU
C a n ce l
2
9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
T e m p / C O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n
L C D / D A Q S e t t i n g
M
O K
S v c
3
9
4
0
4
0
㻌
U V S e t t i n g
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
P a s s w o r d
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
O K
F o r S e r v i c e T o o l s
P a s s w o r d
㻌
M a i n B o a r d V e r . 1 . 0 0 A
L C D B o a r d V e r . 1 . 0 0 a
<Setting of service code>
You can check the data for service after inputting service code “384”.
In Top screen, select MENU ĺ Tools and MENU ĺ Svc.
Press ENTER key to activate ‘Password’ screen’ and ”For Service Tools”/”Password ”
㻌 is displayed. and input ‘384’.
Note) Error tone will be emit and the message ‘Wrong Password’ is displayed if the service code is wrong. It is impossible to change the service code.
- 98 -
㻌
㻌
㻌 㻌
<Setting of Automatic CO2 cylinder changeover system>
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
1
S o S v c V e r . 1 . 0 0
3
S y s t e m C o n f i g u r a t i o n
A g C
4
H e a t e r B a l a n c e e t c
5
D
㻌
S t a t u s
6
I n
M E NU
C a n ce l
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
M
C a n c e l
3
8
3
9
4
0
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
1
3
S
㻌 㻌
U s t e m C o n f i g u r a t i o n
0
M
( 0 . O F F 1 . O N )
D e c o n F u n c t i o n 0
O K
( 0 . O F F 1 . O N )
3
9
4
S t d G a s C a l F u n c t i o n 0
5
C
( 0 . O F F 1 . O N )
㻌
D
6
P C B D r i v e r T e s t 0
4
0
<Automatic CO2 cylinder changeover system>
㻌
(Default setting:0)
In Automatic CO2 cylinder changeover system, 2 cylinders can be installed in 1 unit and if one cylinder becomes empty, automatically switch to the another one.
In Select Tools Svc screen, select ”System Configuration” and press MENU ĺ OK( ENT) to display option setting screen.
When you input ‘0’ in the digit next to ”CO2 Gas Auto Changer” , Auto changer mode is inactive.
When you input ‘1’, Auto changer mode is active and alternative current used cylinder A or B turns over in Top screen.
When a current used cylinder becomes empty, the indication of it starts blinking.
- 99 -
Operation check after installation of MCO-21GC (for MCO-19AIC/MCO-19M)
After the installation of MCO-21GC is complete, check the operation according to the following procedures.
Procedures
1 Stop supplying the gas from cylinder A and supply only with cylinder B.
2
Turn the power on and set temperature in 37.0
䉝 and CO
2
Ensure the indicator of cylinder A should be turned over.
in 0.0
䠂 .
3 Leave the unit for approx. 1 hour until chamber CO
2
is controllable.
4
5
Set CO
2
density in 5
䠂
and ensure the indication of ‘CO
2
’ should be turned over.
Note) It may be over 1 hour until the indication turns over and the indication of ‘CO2’ may not be turned over in case low ambient temperature.
Check if ‘Error01 CO2 Gas Empty’ is displayed and buzzer sound after 2~7 minutes elapse since the indication was turned over.
Ensure indicator of cylinder A should start blinking and indicator of cylinder B turns over.
CO
2
density indication should be 5% and CO2 should be controllable correctly.
7
After Operation check is complete, stop gas supplying with both cylinder A and B.
Press BUZZER key to eliminate the message “Error01
㻌
CO2 Gas Empty” and press the left side of cross key for 5 seconds to select cylinder A.
Turn the power off.
* Refer to Instruction Manual of MCO-19AIC/MCO-19M for the usage of MCO-21GC.
䠄 䠅
- 100 -
How to install Automatic CO2 density calibration add-on kit
䠄
MCO-SG
䠅
䕔
Parts descriptions
㻌 㻌 㻌
Clip
Tube joint Clip
䕔
Tools
Plate meeting
Sensor BOX
Rear cover
(5) Plate meeting
Sensor BOX
Filter
Label
Tube connect
Cut 30mm off from the tube
Tube connect
(2) Clip
(Put into the hole)
Screw (M4×10) Philips screwdriver
(3) Label
(4) Filter
(1) Tube joint
(6)Clip
Connector (White
㻌
5P)
Connector (White, 2P)
Monkey wrench
䐟
Remove rear cover and sensor BOX cover.
䐠
Cut 30mm off from the tube and insert tube connect to the place as the left picture specified.
䐡 Follow the procedure (1)~(6) to fit each parts.
(1) Fit the tube joint.
(2) Apply clips to the holes.
(3) Paste the label between clips.
(4) Fit the filter. Make sure the orientation.
(5) Fit the plate meeing.
(6) Apply clips as left picture specified.
Place the tube as the left picture specified.
Note 䠅 Take care for the tube should not be bent.
䐢
Connect each parts with connectors.
- 101 -
Test data
䈜
Following data are the reference only.
Temperature pull-up data
AT:20
䉝䚷
SV:37
䉝
CO2 setting: 5%
O2 setting: 5%
No load
40
35
30
25
20
0 1 2
Time
Ტ
Hour
Უ
3
Humidity pull-up data
4 5
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0
40
35
30
25
20
0
1 4
AT:20 䉝䚷 SV:37 䉝
CO2 setting: 0%
O2 setting: 20%
No load
5 2 3
Time 䠄 Hour 䠅
6
Temperature change during power failure
AT:20
䉝䚷
SV:37
䉝
CO2 setting: 5%
O2 setting: 5%
No load
1 3 4 2
Time
䠄
Hour
䠅
- 102 -
38
37
36
35
34
33
0
㻢
㻡
㻠
㻟
㻞
㻝
㻜
0
Temperature recovery data
AT:20
䉝䚷
SV:37
䉝
CO2 setting: 5%
O2 setting: 5%
No load
1 small door 60sec. open
1 small door 30sec. open
10 20
Time
䠄
Minutes
䠅
Humidity recovery data
30 40
AT:20 䉝䚷 SV:37 䉝
CO2 setting: 5%
O2 setting: 5%
No load
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
0 10
30sec. door open
60sec. door open
30sec. door open with N2 bubbling
60sec. door open with N2 bubbling
20 30
Time
䠄
Minutes
䠅
40 50 60
CO2 density recover data
AT:20
䉝䚷
SV:37
䉝
CO2 setting: 5%(003MPa)
O2 setting: 5%(0.05MPa)
No load
10
1 small door 60sec. open
1 small door 30sec. open
20
Time
䠄
Minutes
䠅
30 40
- 103 -
25
20
15
10
5
0
0
O2 density recovery data
AT:20
䉝䚷
SV:37
䉝
CO2 setting: 5%(003MPa)
O2 setting: 5%(0.05MPa)
No load
1 small door 60sec. open
1 small door 30sec. open
10 20
Time
䠄
Minutes
䠅
30 40
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0 1
Days before CO2 tank becomes empty
AT:20
䉝䚷
SV:37
䉝
CO2 setting: 5%
Gas leak: 4.7% per 30min.
No load
2 3 4 5 6 7
Door open & shut per day (Frequency)
8 9 10
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
Days before N2/O2 tank becomes empty
AT:20
䉝䚷
SV:37
䉝
CO2 setting: 5%
O2 setting: 5%
Gas leak: 4.8% per 30min.
No load
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Door open & shut per day (Frequency)
8 9 10
- 104 -
- 105 -
Instruction manual
䊶㩷
This section is extracted and printed from Instruction Manual.
䊶㩷
If you find out “Refer to page
䃂䃂
” in them, this page means not page in Service manual but page in the lower corner of each page in the extract from Instruction Manual.
This page number is not corresponded with serial number in Service manual.
䊶㩷
The attached Instruction Manual corresponds to the specifications for initial production, so the contents may be changed without notice.
- 106 -
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Multi Gas Incubator
MCO-19M
(
UVH
)
MCO-19M
(
UV
)
MCO-19M
- 107 -
1
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE OPERATION P.
LABELS ON THE INCUBATOR P. 8
Control panel and keypad
INSTALLATION
Connection of CO
2
Connection of N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder
Connection of gas injection nozzle
Using the inner door and gastight split doors
Using the unlock key
BASIC OPERATIONS ON CONTROL PANEL
Setting the chamber temperature, CO
2
and CO
2
density
Setting the key lock
Releasing the key lock
Setting the key lock password
Automatic N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder changeover
Setting the upper limit alarm temperature
ALARM PARAMETERS
P. 12
Precautions when using the UV lamp P.
Setting the UV lamp ON period
Lighting the UV lamp for 24 hours
P. 36
P. 37
Setting the date, time, and log interval
Initial settings (LCD/DAQ parameters)
Transferring data
P. 38
P. 40
P. 43
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Cleaning the chamber and inner attachments
Filling the humidifying pan
H
2
O
2
H
2
O
2
Precautions when handling H
2
O
2
decontamination reagent
ALARMS, SAFETY, AND SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CALIBRATION
Temperature/CO
2
/O
2
DISPOSING OF THE MULTI-GAS INCUBATOR
AUTOMATIC CO
2
CYLINDER CHANGEOVER
AUTOMATIC CO
2
AND O
2
DENSITY CALIBRATION
- 108 -
P. 45
P. 48
P. 54
P. 55
P. 62
P. 67
P. 69
P. 17
P. 18
P. 18
P. 21
P. 24
P. 25
P. 26
P. 27
P. 28
P. 30
P. 32
P. 33
CONTENTS
SAFETY P.
- 109 -
2
3
INTRODUCTION
Ŷ Read this manual carefully before using the Product and follow the instructions for safety operation.
Ŷ Sanyo disavows any responsibility for safety if the Product is used for other than the intended use or used with any procedures other than those given in this manual.
Ŷ Keep this manual in a suitable place so that it can be referred to as necessary.
Ŷ The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice for improvement of performance or functions.
Ŷ Contact a Sanyo sales representative or agent if any page of the manual is lost or the page order is incorrect.
Ŷ Contact a Sanyo sales representative or agent if any point in this manual is unclear or if there are any inaccuracies.
Ŷ No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without the expressed written permission of
Sanyo.
CAUTION
SANYO guarantees the product under certain warranty conditions. SANYO in no way shall be responsible for any loss of content or damage of content.
- 110 -
PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE OPERATION
It is imperative that the user complies with this manual as it contains important safety advice.
Items and procedures are described so that you can use this unit correctly and safely.
If the precautions advised are followed, this will prevent possible injury to the user and any other person.
Precautions are illustrated in the following way:
WARNING
Failure to observe WARNING signs could result in a hazard to personnel possibly resulting in serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Failure to observe CAUTION signs could result in injury to personnel and damage to the unit and associated property.
Symbol shows; this symbol means caution.
this symbol means an action is prohibited.
this symbol means an instruction must be followed.
Be sure to keep this manual in a place accessible to users of this unit.
< Label on the unit >
This mark is labeled on the cover in which the electrical components of high voltage are enclosed to prevent the electric shock.
The cover should be removed by a qualified engineer or a service personnel only.
WARNING
As with any equipment that uses CO
2
gas, there is a likelihood of oxygen depletion in the vicinity of the equipment. It is important that you assess the work site to ensure there is suitable and sufficient ventilation. If restricted ventilation is suspected, then other methods of ensuring a safe environment must be considered. These may include atmosphere monitoring and warning devices.
- 111 -
4
5
WARNING
Do not use the unit outdoors.
Current leakage or electric shock may result if the unit is exposed to rain water.
Only qualified engineers or service personnel should install the unit.
The installation by unqualified personnel may cause electric shock or fire.
Install the unit on a sturdy floor and take an adequate precaution to prevent the unit from turning over.
If the floor is not strong enough or the installation site is not adequate, this may result in injury from the unit falling or tipping over.
Never install the unit in a humid place or a place where it is likely to be splashed by water.
Deterioration of the insulation may result which could cause current leakage or electric shock.
Never install the unit in a flammable or volatile location.
This may cause explosion or fire.
Never install the unit where acid or corrosive gases are present
as current leakage or electric shock may result due to corrosion.
Always ground (earth) the unit to prevent electric shock.
If the power supply outlet is not grounded, it will be necessary to install a ground by qualified engineers.
Never ground the unit through a gas pipe, water main, telephone line or lightning rod.
Such grounding may cause electric shock in the case of an incomplete circuit.
Connect the unit to a power source as indicated on the rating label attached to the unit.
Use of any other voltage or frequency other than that on the rating label may cause fire or electric shock.
Never store volatile or flammable substances
in this unit if the container cannot be sealed. These may cause explosion or fire.
Do not insert metal objects such as a pin or a wire into any vent, gap or any outlet on the unit.
This may cause electric shock or injury by accidental contact with moving parts.
Use this unit in safe area when treating the poison, harmful or radiate articles.
Improper use may cause bad effect on your health or environment.
Turn off the power switch (if provided) and disconnect the power supply to the unit prior to any repair or maintenance
of the unit in order to prevent electric shock or injury.
Do not touch any electrical parts (such as power supply plug) or operate switches with a wet hand.
This may cause electric shock.
- 112 -
WARNING
Ensure you do not inhale or consume medication or aerosols
from around the unit at the time of maintenance. These may be harmful to your health.
Never splash water directly onto the unit
as this may cause electric shock or short circuit.
Never put containers with liquid on the unit
as this may cause electric shock or short circuit when the liquid is spilled.
Never bind, process, or step on the power supply cord, or never damage or break the power supply plug.
A broken supply cord or plug may cause fire or electric shock.
Do not use the supply cord if its plug is loose.
Such supply cord may cause fire or electric shock.
Never disassemble, repair, or modify the unit yourself.
Any such work carried out by an unauthorized person may result in fire, or electric shock or injury due to a malfunction.
Disconnect the power supply plug if there is something wrong with the unit.
Continued abnormal operation may cause electric shock or fire.
When removing the plug from the power supply outlet, grip the power supply plug,
not the cord.
Pulling the cord may result in electric shock or fire by short circuit.
Disconnect the power supply plug
before moving the unit. Take care not to damage the power cord. A damaged cord may cause electric shock or fire.
Disconnect the power plug when the unit is not used for long periods.
Keeping the connection may cause electric shock, current leakage, or fire due to the deterioration of insulation.
If the unit is to be stored unused in an unsupervised area for an extended period,
ensure that children do not have access and that doors cannot be closed completely.
The disposal of the unit should be accomplished by appropriate personnel.
Remove doors to prevent accidents such as suffocation.
Do not put the packing plastic bag within reach of children
as suffocation may result.
Use the reagent specified by Sanyo for H
2
O
2
decontamination
. Using a different H
2
O
2
solution may result in explosion or damage to the Incubator.
When performing H
2
O
2
decontamination,
securely close gastight split doors, inner door and outer door
. Failure to do so may be harmful to health due to leakage of H
2
O
2
gas.
During H
2
O
2
decontamination
, plug the access hole with the silicon cap that is provided.
Failure to do so may be harmful to health due to leakage of H
2
O
2
gas.
- 113 -
6
7
CAUTION
Use a dedicated power source
(a dedicated circuit with a breaker) as indicated on the rating label attached to the unit. A branched circuit may cause fire resulting from abnormal heating.
Connect the power supply plug to the power source firmly after removing the dust on the plug.
A dusty plug or improper insertion may cause a heat or ignition.
Never store corrosive substances such as acid or alkali
in this unit if the container cannot be sealed. These may cause corrosion of inner components or electric parts.
Check the setting when starting up of operation after power failure or turning off of power switch.
The stored items may be damaged due to the change of setting.
Be careful not to tip over the unit
during movement to prevent damage or injury.
Prepare a safety check sheet
when you request any repair or maintenance for the safety of service personnel.
Wear rubber gloves when handling the H
2
O
2
reagent
. Direct contact with the H
2
O
2
reagent may result in inflammation of the skin.
H
2
O
2
decontamination can be performed only for the chamber and chamber attachments with standard specifications, and not for any other objects.
Perform H
2
O
2
decontamination with the chamber attachments arranged as specified by Sanyo.
Arranging them in a different way may result in insufficient decontamination.
After H
2
O
2
decontamination has been completed,
wear rubber gloves and use a non-woven cloth to wipe off the residual H
2
O
2
fluid from the bottom of the chamber, any objects that were decontaminated, and the bottoms of ducts.
- 114 -
LABELS ON THE INCUBATOR
Warning and caution labels are attached to the Incubator. The following table describes the labels.
This label is attached to covers that access high-voltage electrical components to prevent electric shock. Only a qualified engineer or service personnel should be allowed to open these covers.
This symbol indicates an ultraviolet light (UV) caution.
This symbol indicates that caution is required. Refer to product documentation for details.
This symbol indicates a hot surface.
This symbol indicates an earth.
This symbol means “ON” for a power switch.
This symbol means “OFF” for a power switch.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
This equipment is designed to be safe at least under the following conditions (based on the IEC 61010-1):
Ŷ Indoor use;
Ŷ Altitude up to 2000 m;
Ŷ Ambient temperature 5 o
C to 40 o
C
Ŷ Maximum relative humidity 80% for temperature up to 31 o
C decreasing linearly to 50% relative humidity at 40 o
C;
Ŷ Mains supply voltage fluctuations not to exceed ± 10% of the nominal voltage;
Ŷ Other supply voltage fluctuations as stated by the manufacturer;
Ŷ Transient overvoltages according to Installation Categories (Overvoltage Categories) II; For mains supply the minimum and normal category is II;
Ŷ Pollution degree 2 in accordance with IEC 60664.
- 115 -
8
INCUBATOR COMPONENTS
1
18
Handles
Handles
Rear Right Side
24
6 3
12
For MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or when MCO-19UVS is installed.
21
2
11
13
15 14
9
9
- 116 -
25
19
10(inside)
4
Rear Left Side
5
7
8
16, 17(inside)
For MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or when MCO-19UVS is installed.
22
23
20
1.
Outer door:
The outer door is held to the frame with a magnetic seal. A door heater is installed in the door panel. The door opening is reversible. Contact a Sanyo representative or agent to change the door hinge from left to right or vice versa.
2. Inner door:
Open when take the trays out or clean inside.
3. Gastight split door:
Made of tempered glass, however avoid excessive impact on the glass.
4. Leveling feet:
The leveling feet can be turned to adjust the height. Adjust the feet so that the Incubator is level.
5. Trays:
Set trays at the same level as each gastight split door. Open a inner door when take the tray out.
6. Tray supports:
The tray supports can be removed by lifting the front side and pulling toward you.
7. Side supports:
The right and left side supports can be removed for disinfection. Refer to page 45.
8. Duct:
The duct for the path for circulating air. It is removable.
9. Fan cover:
The fan cover serves as the inlet for circulating air. It is removable.
10. Fan (inside the duct):
The fan is made from polypropylene resin. It can be disinfected in an autoclave.
11. Sample air outlet:
The sample air outlet also functions as an internal gas outlet. Normally, cover this outlet with the sample air outlet cap.
12. Sample air outlet cap:
Always attach this cap except when using the sample air outlet.
13. Door switch:
Detects the door opening/closing and stops the circulating fan and electromagnetic valve for CO
2
and N
2
/O
2
when door is open. UV lamp is also deactivated by door opening*.
14. Humidifying pan:
Fill the humidifying pan with sterile distilled water. Install the pan properly so that it can be covered with the pan cover.
15. Humidifying pan cover:
The cover prevents UV light entering the chamber. When filling the pan, lift the front side and take out the pan. Refer to page 48 for details.
16. UV lamp*:
This Sanyo UV lamp does not generate ozone. Never look directly at the UV light. For replacement, contact a Sanyo representative or agent.
17. Water level sensor for humidifying pan:
This sensor detects the water level in the humidifying pan.
Refer to page 44 for details.
18. Remote alarm terminals:
Refer to page 13.
19. Access port:
Place the silicon caps on the port both outside and inside when the port is not being used.
20. Power switch:
This is the main switch for the Incubator. It also functions as an overcurrent breaker.
21. Glow starter*:
The glow started if for the UV lamp (model FG-7P)
22. Connecting port A/B for CO
2
gas pipe:
When the optional MCO-21GC Automatic CO
2
Cylinder
Changeover System is installed, both ports A and B are available. If the MCO-21GC is not installed, only port A is available. Refer to page 16 for gas cylinder connection. Ensure that the gas pressure is set at
0.03 MPaG (0.3 kgf/cm
2
G, 4.3 psiG). Refer to page 67 for automatic CO
2
cylinder changeover.
- 117 -
10
23. Connecting port A/B for N
2
/O
2
gas pipe:
Refer to page 17 for gas cylinder connection. Ensure that the gas pressure is set at 0.05 MPaG (0.5 kgf/cm
2
G, 7.1 psiG). Refer to page 30 for automatic N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder changeover.
24. Attachment location for electric key:
This is the attachment location for the electric key included in the optional Component H
2
O
2
Decontamination Kit (MCO-HL). This kit must be attached to perform H
2
O
2 decontamination. Refer to the installation procedure for MCO-HL for details.
25. Gas injection nozzle
* MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or when an optional UV System Kit (MCO-19UVS) is installed.*
11
- 118 -
Control panel and keypad
LCD panel
2
1
4
9
5
1. Upper limit regulator
:
This regulator is used to set the upper temperature limit.
10
3
7
8
6
6. CE Key
:
Press this key to clear the entered value when entering a setting.
2. OVERHEAT indicator
:
This indicator lights when the chamber temperature reaches the upper limit.
3. MENU Key
:
Press this key to access the menu.
7. Cursor Keys
(Up, Down, Left, and Right):
Use these keys to move the cursor on the
LCD panel.
8. ENTER Key
:
Press this key to select a menu command.
When entering a setting, pressing this key to move to the next parameter.
9. Numeric Keys
4. Contrast knob
:
Turn this knob to adjust the contrast of the
LCD.
5. BUZZER Key
:
Press this key to silence the buzzer.
Note:
It is not possible to silence the buzzer for an upper limit temperature alarm.
10. H
2
O
2
Key
:
Press this key to start H
2
O
2
decontamination.
Refer to page 49 for details.
※
The following optional components must be installed to perform decontamination.
・
UV Lamp Add-on Kit (MCO-19UVS) (This is provided as standard equipment for the MCO-19M(UV).)
・
H
2
O
2
Decontamination Kit (MCO-HL)
・
H
2
O
2
Generator (MCO-HP)
- 119 -
12
Remote alarm terminal
The remote alarm terminal is located at the rear right side of the incubator.
Remote alarm terminal
The alarm is outputted from this terminal. Contact capacity is DC 30 V, 2 A.
Contact output: between COM. and N.O. between COM. and N.C.
13
Note:
The alarm is actuated when the power cord is disconnected from the outlet or the power switch is OFF.
• The remote alarm cannot be stopped by pressing the alarm buzzer stop key (BUZZER) since the remote alarm is not conjunct with the alarm buzzer stop key (BUZZER).
Remote alarm terminal
- 120 -
INSTALLATION SITE
For correct operation of the Incubator, install it in a location with the following conditions.
WARNING
When using CO
2
gas for control,
make sure that there is adequate ventilation
. Using CO
2
gas in a small room without adequate ventilation may cause gas poisoning or oxygen deprivation. In addition, when opening the Incubator doors, do not directly inhale the air in the chamber.
Si l’appareil est utilisé dans un evdroit restreint, le niveau de la densite CO
2
de l’air peut s’élever et peut
être nocif aux humains. Evitez d’aspirer l’air provenant de l’inérieur de l’appareil quand vous ouverz la porte. z
Normal air environment
Install the Incubator in an environment with normal air. z
Do not expose to direct sunlight
Do not install the Incubator in a location where it will be exposed to direct sunlight. If the Incubator is operated in direct sunlight, performance will be adversely affected. z
Separate from heat sources
Do not install the Incubator near significant heat sources, such as heaters, boilers, ovens, or autoclaves.
Heat will adversely affect the performance of the Incubator. z
Ambient temperature at least 5
q
C lower than set temperature
The control temperature of the Incubator is at least 5 q
C higher than the ambient temperature. For example, if the chamber is controlled at 37 q
C, the ambient temperature must normally be no more than
32 q
C. Do not allow the ambient temperature to become too high. z
Strong and level floor
Select a site with a strong and level floor. If the floor is uneven or the installation is not level, the Incubator will be unstable and this may cause accident or injury. To avoid vibration and noise, always make sure that the installation is stable. An unstable surface may result in vibration or noise.
WARNING
Install the Incubator at a location that can support the weight.
If the floor is not strong enough or if the installation is insufficient, the Incubator may fall over and cause injury.
Always make sure that the floor is strong, even, and level, and that the Incubator will not tip over
.
An insufficient installation may result in injury due to water leakage or the Incubator falling over. z
Low humidity
Select a site with a relative humidity of 80% or lower. Using the Incubator in high humidity may result in current leakage or electric shock.
WARNING
Do not use the Incubator outdoors.
If the Incubator is exposed to rain water, it may result in current leakage or electric shock.
Never install the Incubator in a moist location, such as near a sink or water line, or where it is likely to be exposed to water.
In addition,
do not install it near water or steam pipes
. Moisture can cause
the insulation to deteriorate, which may result in current leakage or electric shock. z
No inflammable or corrosive gas
Never install the Incubator in a location where it will be exposed to inflammable or corrosive gas. Doing so may result in explosion or fire. In addition, insulation may deteriorate due to corrosion of protective casing, resulting in current leakage or electric shock. z
No falling objects
Do not install the Incubator in a location where there is the possibility of objects falling from above. Doing so may result in damage or accident.
- 121 -
14
INSTALLATION
1. Remove the packing tape and clean up.
Remove all the tape that is securing the doors and inner attachments. Open the doors for ventilation. If the outer panels are dirty, dampen a cloth with a diluted neutral detergent and wipe them. (Using an undiluted solution may damage the plastic. Follow the diluting instructions for the detergent that is used.)
Wipe off the residual detergent with a wet cloth and then wipe off any moisture.
WARNING
Do not leave plastic wrapping bags within reach of children.
If a bag is placed over a child’s head, it can block the mouth and nose and cause suffocation.
2. Adjust the leveling feet.
Adjust the leveling feet by turning them counterclockwise to level the Incubator. (See the illustration on the right.)
3. Ground the Incubator.
Ground the Incubator during installation to prevent electric shock in case the insulation is not sufficient. If there is no ground wire at the location, consult with qualified service personnel. z
When a ground must be installed
If a grounded 3-pole outlet is not available, then a ground must be installed. Consult with qualified service personnel.
WARNING
To prevent electric shock,
always ground the Incubator.
If grounding is not possible, then have a ground installed by qualified personnel. If the Incubator is not grounded, it may result in electric shock.
Never connect the ground wire to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod, or telephone ground wire.
Doing so may cause electric shock
.
z
Installing a ground fault circuit breaker
If using the Incubator in a location with moisture or humidity cannot be avoided, then it is recommended that a ground fault circuit breaker be installed in the power supply circuit (i.e., the power supply at the
Incubator). Have the circuit breaker installed by qualified service personnel.
CAUTION
Do not climb on the Incubator or place objects on top of it.
Doing so may damage it or cause it to fall over, resulting in injury. If it is to be stacked, refer to page 72 and stack it securely.
15
z
When the Incubator is not in use
Empty the water from the humidifying pan and remove moisture from the chamber. Make sure that the chamber is completely dry before closing the doors. Failure to do so may result in damage. z
Before moving the Incubator
Before moving the Incubator, empty the water from the humidifying pan, disconnect the power supply plug from the outlet, and make sure that the cord will not be damaged. Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
- 122 -
Connection of CO
2
gas cylinder
WARNING
When connecting a gas cylinder to the Incubator,
confirm the gas type
.
Confirm that the connections are secure and that no gas will escape
.
Be sure to use the specified pressure
. Using an incorrect gas or pressure may result in explosion or fire, or in gas poisoning or oxygen deprivation due to escaping gas.
Install the Incubator in a location with adequate ventilation.
If adequate ventilation cannot be provided, then install an alarm system using
CO
2
and O
2 densitometers.
1.
Use a liquefied CO
2
gas cylinder (at least 99.5% pure). The siphon (dip tube) type cannot be used.
2.
Install the Gas Pressure Regulator (MCO-100L, purchased separately) specified by Sanyo on the CO
2 gas cylinder. Otherwise, use a CO
2
gas pressure regulator rated at 25 MPaG (250 kgf/cm
2
G, 3600 psiG) for the primary pressure, and 0.2 MPaG (2 kgf/cm
2
G, 30 psiG) for the secondary pressure.
3.
Using the gas supply pipe that is provided, connect the CO
2
gas pressure regulator to the CO
2
gas pipe inlet (located at the lower left-hand side on the rear panel of the Incubator).
Note:
If CO
2
is supplied to multiple CO
2
Incubators from a single gas cylinder, a CO
2
solid will be formed in the gas pressure regulator. The gas pressure regulator safety valve will operate, and there may an explosive sound.
When the MCO-21GC is not mounted
Using the gas supply pipe that is provided, connect the CO
2
gas pressure regulator for the CO
2
gas cylinder to CO
2
gas pipe connection port A on the Incubator. After connecting the pipe, check to make sure that no gas is leaking.
When the MCO-21GC is mounted
Connect a pair of CO
2
gas cylinders with CO
2
gas pressure regulators independently. The gas supply line will be switched automatically. Connect the main cylinder to port A and the reserve cylinder to port B. After connecting the cylinders, check to make sure that no gas is leaking. z For details on installing the optional automatic CO
2
Cylinder Changeover System (MCO-21GC), refer to the MCO-21GC installation guide. For details on using the MCO-21GC, refer to page 67.
4.
Set the CO
2
gas on the secondary side to 0.03 MPaG (0.3 kgf/cm
2
G, 4.3 psiG) for gas injection. As the pressure increases, the CO
2
gas concentration control range will increase. Excessive pressure may cause gas supply lines inside the Incubator to come loose, which may result in gas poisoning or oxygen deprivation due to the escaping of gas. If gas lines come loose, the Incubator must be repaired. z The gas lines connected to the Incubator will degrade over time. If any deterioration or abnormalities are found during inspection, replace the lines immediately.
- 123 -
16
Connection of N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder
WARNING
Check the gas type and ensure that it is fit for the purpose. Make sure that all pipes are connected correctly and are not liable to become disconnected. Ensure that the gas pressure is set at the specified value. Improper connection of the gas pipe or use of incorrect gas pressure may result in leakage of gas.
Elevated level of gas can be hazardous to health and may lead to asphyxiation and risk of death.
This incubator needs N
2
or O
2
gas depending on the setting of O
2 density. The selection is as follows:
When the setting of O
2 density is less than 18%: N
2 gas
When the setting of O
2 density is more than 22%: O
2 gas
O
2 density in the atmosphere is about 20%. For the control of O
2 density in the chamber, O
2 gas is diluted by N
2 gas when the setting of O
2 density is less than that of the atmosphere. On the contrary, O
2 gas is added when the setting of O
2 density is more than that of the atmosphere.
1.
Install a gas pressure regulator (optional accessory MCO-100L) on N
2
or O
2
gas cylinder. Or use a regulator rated at 25 MPaG (250 kgf/cm
2
G, 3600 psiG) on the primary side and 0.2 MPaG (2.0 kgf/cm
2
G,
30 psiG) on the secondary side.
2.
Using the gas tube provided, connect the pressure regulator to the connecting port A/B for N
2
/O
2
gas pipe located at the rear left side of the incubator. Connect the main cylinder to the connecting port A for
N
2
/O
2
gas pipe and connect the sub-cylinder to the connecting port B for N
2
/O
2
gas pipe so that the gas supply can be switched automatically when one gas cylinder is empty. Connect the same gas type to both connecting port A/B for N
2
/O
2
gas pipe. Never connect N
2 gas and O
2 gas at the same time to the connecting port A/B for N
2
/O
2
gas pipe respectively.
3.
Set the N
2 or O
2
gas pressure on the secondary side to 0.05 MPaG (0.5 kgf/cm
2
G, 7.1 psiG) (at gas injection). The higher gas pressure makes control range of O
2
density wider. In addition, excessive pressure may cause disconnection of internal pipes inside the incubator, which will result in leakage of N
2 or O
2 gas into the atmosphere.
Elevated level of CO
2 gas or O
2 gas can be hazardous to health and may lead to asphyxiation and risk of death or fire by gas leakage.
The repair of the incubator will be necessary if the internal pipe is disconnected.
4.
Check that no gas is leaking at any point where the pipe connects with the gas regulator or the incubator. z The gas lines connected to the Incubator will degrade over time. If any deterioration or abnormalities are found during inspection, replace the lines immediately.
WARNING
O
2
gas increases the susceptibility of substances to burn . Take care of the handling of flame in a room where the incubator is installed.
17
- 124 -
Connection of gas injection nozzle
In the case of control of O
2
density in the chamber, connect the gas injection nozzle to the gas injection port by using the connecting pipe enclosed (inner diameter; 5 mm, outer diameter; 9 mm, length; 400 mm). This helps faster recovery of humidity after opening of the inner door.
Fill the humidifying pan with sterile distilled water so that the injection nozzle can be under the water level.
Gas injection nozzle
Using the inner door and gastight split doors
z To effectively use gastight split doors, set three trays (standard equipment) at the same level as bottom side of each gastight split door.
At the same level as bottom side of each gastight split doors
- 125 -
18
PREVENTING CONTAMINATION
To prevent contamination of the chamber, select a suitable installation site. z
Avoid locations with high temperatures or humidity.
Avoid locations with high temperatures or humidity, because of a greater presence of microorganisms in the air. z
Avoid locations with passers-by or drafts.
Avoid locations near doors, air conditioners, fans, etc., where passers-by or drafts can facilitate the entry of microorganisms into the chamber. z
If possible, use a cleanroom.
To achieve a better culture, it is recommended that a cleanroom be used if one is available. z
Use clean containers.
The greatest cause of contamination is dirty containers for cultures. Be careful not to get containers or trays dirty when taking them in and out. z
Keep the chamber clean.
Wipe off any fingerprints. If water spills from the humidifying pan, or if the doors are left open for a long time, condensation may form on the inside of the doors. If that occurs, wipe off the condensation with a dry sterile gauze. In particular, clean and disinfect the chamber if the culture medium is spilled. For details, refer to
Routine Maintenance
on page 45. z
Use sterile distilled water in the humidifying pan.
Always use sterile distilled water in the humidifying pan. Do not use ultrapure water, because it may contain red rust-like suspended particles.
A water level alarm is displayed in the status display area on the control panel. Quickly refill the water in the pan when the water level alarm is displayed. Adding low-temperature water will significantly lower the temperature in the chamber. Clean the humidifying pan once a month. z
Keep the Incubator out of direct airflows from air conditioners or fans.
Cool airflow from an air conditioner may cause condensation and lead to possible contamination.
19
- 126 -
PRECAUTIONS FOR CULTURES
z
Leave space between culture containers.
Always leave space for ventilation between culture containers (Petri dishes, flasks, etc.). Inadequate spacing may result in uneven temperature distribution and CO
2
gas concentration. z
Do not place harmful materials in the chamber.
Never place samples that release acidic, alkali, or corrosive gas in the chamber. Doing so may cause damage resulting from discoloration or corrosion. z
Close the inner door and all gastight split doors.
Always close the inner door and all gastight split doors before closing the outer door. Failure to close the inner door or any gastight split door will adversely affect performance even if the outer door is closed. z
Open and close the doors gently.
Always open and close the doors gently. Closing the doors forcefully may cause spillage of the culture medium, incomplete closing, or damage to the gasket. Before opening the inner door, check through the glass to confirm that the UV lamp is OFF (if the MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or the optional MCO-19UVS is installed). z
Be careful when closing the outer door.
Use the handle when closing the outer door. Holding the door in other places may cause injury by getting fingers caught in the door. Do not lean on the outer door. Doing so may result in injury from the outer door coming loose or the Incubator falling over, or it may cause current leakage or electric shock. z
Be careful of the inside of the outer door.
The inside of the outer door may become hot. z
Avoid using excessive force on the inner door.
Do not put your hand on the glass, poke it with sharp objects, or apply strong force. Doing so may result in injury from breaking the glass.
z
Check the cause of any alarm buzzer.
If an alarm buzzer sounds while the Incubator is in use, immediately check the cause of the alarm. For details on what may cause an alarm buzzer to sound, refer to page 55.
- 127 -
20
Using the Unlock Key
z
Unlocking when power is interrupted
If power is interrupted to the MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) with an MCO-HL installed, the outer door is electrically locked. To unlock the outer door while the power is interrupted, use the unlock key that is provided. To lock the outer door again, turn the unlock key to the lock direction while the door is open.
After the door has been locked condition manually, then close the door.
Note:
The outer door cannot be locked by using the unlock key while the door is closed. Lock the door while it is open. Attempting to turn the unlock key while the door is closed may damage the electric lock system.
WARNING
For the MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) with an MCO-HL installed, the outer door is electrically locked during decontamination. The chamber is filled with H
2
O
2
gas during decontamination.
Do not unlock the door during decontamination.
CORRECT OPERATION
Use the following procedure to start trial operation or actual operation of the Incubator.
1.
Install the Incubator correctly, referring to
Installation
on page 15.
2.
Remove the packing materials from the chamber and inner attachments. Clean and disinfect the chamber and inner attachments, referring to
Routine Maintenance
on page 45.
3.
Add approximately 1.5 L of sterile distilled water to the humidifying pan. (Refer to page 48.)
4.
Turn ON the power supply switch on the left side of the rear panel of the Incubator.
Note:
The humidity in the Incubator chamber is adjusted to the optimum setting. To prevent condensation on the surface inside chamber and the inner door, there is a low-temperature area under the humidifying pan in the bottom of chamber to recondense evaporated moisture. Condensation may occur around the humidifying pan at the bottom of the chamber, but this does not indicate a problem.
21
- 128 -
LCD PANEL
The following display (called the Top Display) will appear when the power switch is turned ON. The default temperature is 37.0
o
C, the default CO
2
density is 0% and the default O
2
density is 20%. The date and time are preset at the factory. Refer to page 38 to change the date and time.
2
1
3 5 6 8
0
1
0
2
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
o
C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 A B
1
T e m p 3 7 . 0
2
3
4
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
.
０
.
3
9
4
0
9
5
R H P A N D o o r : O p e n
10
6
7
4
7
1. Display of set value of temperature
The set value of chamber temperature is displayed.
2. Display of current temperature
The current chamber temperature is displayed.
3. Display of set value of CO
2
density
The set value of the chamber CO
2
density is displayed.
4. Display of current CO
2
density
The current chamber CO
2
density is displayed.
5. Display of current CO
2
cylinder
A and B will be displayed if the optional Automatic CO
2 installed. The port of the CO
2
Cylinder Changeover System (MCO-21GC) is
gas pipe that is currently supplying CO
Nothing will be displayed if the MCO-21GC is not installed.
2
will be displayed in reverse video.
6. Display of set value of O
2
density
The set value of the chamber O
2
density is displayed.
7. Display of current O
2
density
The current chamber O
2
density is displayed.
8. Display of current N
2
The connecting port A/B for N
2 reverse video.
/O
2
cylinder
/O
2
gas pipe that is currently supplying N
2
or CO
2
will be displayed in
- 129 -
22
9. Status display field
Various status or alarms are displayed.
・
When UV lamp is lit: “UV” is displayed in reverse video. (If the MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or the optional
MCO-19UVS is installed).
・
When humidifying water is low: “RH PAN” is displayed in reverse video and blinks.
・ When the door is open:
“
Door: Open” is displayed in reverse video.
10. Message display field
A message is displayed when fault occurs. The message is displayed alternately in normal characters and reverse video. Refer to pages from 55 to 57 for alarm details.
“
OK
”
is displayed during normal operation.
23
- 130 -
BASIC OPERATIONS ON CONTROL PANEL
The following operation are possible through control panel: z
Setting the temperature
・・・ The chamber temperature can be set (page 25). z
Setting the CO
2
density
・・・ The chamber CO
2
density can be set (page 25). z
Setting the O
2
density
・・・ The chamber O
2
density can be set (page 25). z
Setting the key lock
・・・ Changing the temperature and CO
2
density can be disabled (page 26). z
Setting alarms
・・・ The temperature alarm, CO
2
density alarm, O
2
density alarm (page 33) and upper limit alarm temperature (page 32) can be set. z
Setting UV parameters
・・・
ON/OFF parameters and the ON period of the UV lamp can be set for the
MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or when the Incubator is equipped with the optional MCO-19UVS (page 36). z
Setting other parameters
・・・ The initial settings of the date, time, and log cycle (page 38), and the
LCD display and baud rate (page 40) can be set. z
Displaying the operation log and transferring data
・・・
A graph of past operation data can be displayed (page 41) and operation data can be transferred to a PC (page 43). z
H
2
O
2
decontamination
・・・ H
2
O
2
decontamination of the chamber and internal attachments can be performed when the optional H
2
O
2
Generator (MCO-HP) is installed (page 49). z
Automatic N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder changeover
・・・
The N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder can be switched (page
30). The CO
2
gas cylinder can be switched when the optional automatic CO
2
Cylinder Changeover
System (MCO-21GC) is installed (page 67). z
Setting the standard gas density
・・・
The standard gas density can be set when the optional
Automatic Standard Gas Calibration Kit (MCO-SG) is installed. (page 69)
- 131 -
24
BASIC PARAMETERS
Setting the chamber temperature, CO
2
and O
2
density
The setting procedure for the chamber temperature, CO
2
and O
2
density are given below. (Default settings: Chamber temperature: 37 o
C, CO
2
density: 0%, O
2
density: 20%)
The Incubator automatically starts operation using these settings after the power is turned ON.
1.
From the Top Display, press the MENU Key to access the menu. Select
Set
and press the ENTER
Key.
1
2
3
4
T e m p 3 7 . 0 o
O 5 . 0 % %
M E N U
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
.
０
.
S e t
5
6
O K
7
2.
The Stand-By Setting Display will be displayed. Set the parameters.
1
2
3
4
S t a n d - b y S e t t i n g
T e m p e r a t u r e 3 7 . 0 o
C ( 0 . 0 o
N
C )
O K e ( 0 . 0 % - 2 0 . 0 e
C a n c e l
5
( 2 2 . 0 % - 8 0 . 0 % )
K e y L o c k 0 ( 0 . U n l o c k 1 . L o c k ) o
6
H i g h L i m i t 5 2 . 0 C
The setting ranges of the parameters are as follows:
Ɣ Temperature: 0 to 50 o
C. To 37.0
o
C, enter 370.
Ɣ CO
2
density: 0 to 20%. To set 5.0%, enter 050.
Ɣ O
2
density: 1 to 18 and 22 to 80%. To set 5.0%, enter 050.
3.
Press the MENU Key to display the menu after setting the parameters. Select
OK
and press the
ENTER Key. The settings will be saved.
Note:
When starting the Incubator for the first time or after not using it for an extended period of time, allow at least 4 hours for the chamber temperature, humidity, CO
2
sensor and O
2
sensor to become stable after setting the desired chamber temperature at a 0% CO
2
density and a 20% O
2
density. Then change the setting to the desired CO
2
and O
2
density.
25
- 132 -
Setting the key lock
1.
To set the key lock, change the value of the key lock parameter from 0 to 1 on the Stand-by Setting
Display and press the ENTER Key. The buzzer will sound briefly and the keys will be locked.
1
2
3
4
S t a n d - b y S e t t i n g
T e m p e r a t u r e 3 7 . 0 o
C ( 0 . 0 o e
O K
N
C ) e
C a n c e l
5
( 2 2 . 0 % - 8 0 . 0 % )
K e y L o c k 1 ( 0 . U n l o c k 1 . L o c k )
6
H i g h L i m i t 5 2 . 0 o
C
2.
“Key Lock” will be displayed in reverse video at the right side of “Stand-by Setting”, and changing the temperature and CO
2
density settings will be disabled.
3.
Press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
and press the ENTER Key. The settings will be saved.
- 133 -
26
Releasing the key lock
1.
To remove the key lock, change the value of the key lock parameter from 1 to 0 on the Stand-by
Setting Display and press the ENTER Key.
1
S t a n d - b y S e t t i n g K e y L o c k o o
2
T e m p e r a t u r e 3 7 . 0 C ( 0 . 0 C )
3
e % )
4
e % )
5
( 2 2 . 0 % - 8 0 . 0 % )
K e y L o c k 0 ( 0 . U n l o c k 1 . L c k ) o
6
H i g h L i m i t 5 2 . 0 C
2.
The cursor will move to the Password Field. Input the 4-digit password (default: 0000) and press the
ENTER Key. When key lock is released, the buzzer will sound briefly, and “Key Lock” will disappear from the Stand-by Setting Display.
1
S t a n d - b y S e t t i n g K e y L o c k
2
T e m p e r a t u r e 3 7 . 0 o
C ( 0 . 0 o
C - 5 0 . 0 o
C )
3
C O 2 D e n s i t y 5 . 0 % ( 0 . 0 % - 2 0 . 0 % )
4
O 2 D e n s i t y 5 . 0 % ( 1 . 0 % - 1 8 . 0 % )
5
( 2 2 . 0 % - 8 0 . 0
0 P a s s w o r d o
6
C
3.
Press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
and press the ENTER Key. The settings will be saved.
Note:
The buzzer will sound for a long time if the wrong password is entered. Enter the correct password.
The password for releasing the key lock must be shared and administered among all users of the
Incubator. The password is set to 0000 when the Incubator is shipped from the factory. The procedure for changing the password is given next.
27
- 134 -
Setting the key lock password
1.
From the Top Display, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
Tools,
and press the ENTER
Key.
1
2
3
4
5
T e m p 3 7 . 0 o
O 5 . 0 %
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
.
０
.
%
M E N U e t
L o g
T o o l s
6
O K
7
2.
Select
Key Lock PW Setting
from the Select Tools Display, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key.
A l a r m S e t t i n g
O K
L C D / D A Q S e t t i n g
U V S e t t i n g
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g
D a t e T i m e
3.
Input the current user password (4 digits), select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key. (The default user password is 0000 when the Incubator is shipped from the factory.)
c k P
C u r r e n t U s e r P a s s w o r d
＊ ＊ ＊ ＊
- 135 -
28
4.
Enter the new user password (4 digits), select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key.
c k W
＊ ＊ ＊ ＊
5.
Enter the new user password again, select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key to save. After that press the
MENU Key to display the menu, and select
Cancel
from the menu.
c k P
＊ ＊ ＊ ＊
t e r U
＊ ＊ ＊ ＊
Note:
Be careful not to forget the key lock password. If you have forgotten the password and cannot release the key lock, contact a Sanyo sales representative or agent.
29
- 136 -
Automatic N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder changeover
This incubator switches the gas supply lines when one N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder becomes empty.
Note:
An automatic switcher for the CO
2
gas supply lines (MCO-21GC) is available as an optional accessory.
Perform the following procedure
1.
Connect 2 gas tubes to connecting ports A/B for N
2
/O
2
gas pipe. Connecting ports A/B for N
2
/O
2
gas pipes are located on the left back of the Incubator. (Refer to page 9).
2.
Connect a N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder equipped with a gas pressure regulator to each gas tube. Refer to page 17 for information on connecting the gas cylinders. (“Gas cylinder A” is the N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder connected to the connecting port A for N
2
/O
2
gas pipe, and “gas cylinder B” is the N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder connected to the connecting port B for N
2
/O
2
gas pipe.)
3.
Open the valves of both gas cylinders.
4.
The current N
2
(or O
2
) gas supply line is displayed on the Top Display.
Current N
2
/O
2
gas supply line
3 7 . 0 o
C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 A B
1
T e m p
2
3
4
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
.
０
.
5
6
O K
7
5.
The incubator detects that there is no more N
2
(or O
2
) gas in a cylinder when the O
2 density in the chamber does not increase for a while even after opening the N
2
/O
2
gas valve in the Incubator. It switches the gas supply line when it detects that there is no more gas. At that time, the following indications of switching the gas cylinder are provided.
When N
2
(or O
2
) gas gas supply line switches automatically.
Message display field
Err02: N
2
/O
2 displayed.
gas Empty is
Display of gas supply
The character for gas supply line that is empty blinks.
The gas supply line that is currently being used is displayed in reverse video.
● To silence the buzzer, press the BUZZER Key. The alarm condition is cleared and normal operation continues.
- 137 -
30
6.
When gas cylinder A is switched to B, remove gas cylinder A and replace it with new one.
Note:
Be careful when handling the empty N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder. Some gas may still be left in the cylinder.
Ɣ When gas cylinder B becomes empty, the line is switched to gas cylinder A again.
The incubator detects that there is no more N
2
(or O
2
) gas in a cylinder when the O
2 density in the chamber does not increase for a while even after opening the N
2
(or O
2
) gas valve in the Incubator. The supply line may also be switched for other reasons even though there is gas left in the cylinder: blocking or restricting of gas tube, reduction of N
2
(or O
2
) gas pressure, or improper opening of N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder. Always check the gas quantity in the cylinder before disconnecting it.
Ɣ Use the following procedure to manual switch the line between N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinders A and B. This procedure shows switching the line from N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder B to A as an example.
1.
From the Top Display, press the Up Cursor Key for 3 seconds.
o
1
T e m p 3 7 . 0 C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 A B
2
3
4
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
.
０
.
5
6
O K
7
2.
The N
2
1
(or O
2
) gas supply line will be switched from cylinder B to A
T e m p 3 7 . 0 o
C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 A B
2
3
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
.
０
.
4
5
6
O K
7
(When the line needs to be switched from N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder A to B, press the Down Cursor Key for
3 seconds.)
31
- 138 -
Setting the upper limit alarm temperature
An upper limit temperature alarm is provided with the Incubator. The alarm temperature can be changed by using the following procedure.
1.
In the Stand-by Setting Display, turn the upper limit regulator on the control panel using a small screwdriver to set the desired upper limit alarm temperature. The upper limit temperature can be set between 35 and 51 o
C.
1
S t a n d - b y S e t t i n g
2
T e m p e r a t u r e 3 7 . 0 o
C ( 0 . 0 o
C )
3
e ( 0 . 0 % - 2 0 . 0
4
e
5
K e y L o c k
%
( 2 2 . 0 % - 8 0 . 0 % )
0 ( 0 . U n l o c k 1 . L o c k )
6
H i g h L i m i t 5 2 . 0 o
C
Note:
・
Set the upper limit alarm temperature (High Limit) to at least 5 o
C higher than the chamber set temperature.
・
Set the upper limit alarm temperature to at least 50 o
C when H
2
O
2
decontamination is performed.
2.
After setting the parameter, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
, and press the
ENTER Key. The alarm temperature will be saved.
Refer to the tables of alarms and safety functions for culture operations on page 55 for details.
Note:
・
The alarm temperature will be changed at any time by turning the upper limit regulator even if the
Stand-by Setting Display is not displayed.
・
Set the upper limit alarm temperature after the chamber reaches the set temperature for operation.
- 139 -
32
ALARM PARAMETERS
1.
Press the MENU Key from the Top Display to display the menu, select
Tools,
and press the ENTER
Key.
5
1
2
3
4
T e m p 3 7 . 0 o
O 5 . 0 %
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
.
０
.
%
M E N U e t
L o g
T o o l s
6
O K
7
2.
Select
Alarm Setting
from the Select Tools Display, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key.
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
C a n ce l
M E NU
2
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
T e m p / C O 2 / O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n
M E N U
A l a r m S e t t i n g
A e t t i n g
U V S e t t i n g
O K
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g
D a t e T i m e
3.
The Alarm Setting Display will appear. The temperature alarm, CO
2
alarm, O
2
alarm, alarm delay, ring back time, and door delay can be set on this display. The alarm buzzer can be silenced by pressing the
BUZZER Key. The buzzer will sound again after the specified ring back time if the condition that caused the alarm continues. The ring back time can be set.
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
1
3
4
A l a r m S e t t i n g
O 2 A l a r m ± 1 . 0 %
M E N U l a r m 1 . 0 o
C ( ± 1 . 0 ° C
－
± 5 . 0 ° C
）
O K l a r m
－
± 5 . 0 %
）
C a n c e l
( ± 0 . 5 %
－
± 5 . 0 %
）
5
R i n g B a c k 3 0 m i n ( 0 . O F F 1
－
9 9 m i n
）
6
D o o r D e l a y 2 m i n
・
Temperature alarm: ±1.0 to ±5.0
o
C (Default: ±1.0
o
C)
( 1 - 3 0 m i n )
・ CO
2
alarm, O
2
alarm: ±0.5 to ±5.0% (Default: ±1.0%)
・
Alarm delay: 0 to 15 minutes (Default: 15 minutes)
・ Ring back time: 1 to 99 minutes, or OFF (Default: 30 minutes)
・
Door alarm delay: 1 to 30 minutes (Default: 2 minutes)
33
- 140 -
UV LAMP PARAMETERS
A UV lamp is used with the MCO-19M(UVH)/MCO-19M(UV) or the MCO-19M with an MCO-19UVS UV
Lamp Expansion Kit installed. Use the following procedures to make the settings.
Using the UV lamp
A UV lamp is located inside the duct to sterilize the water in the humidifying pan and the air circulating in the chamber. Observe the following points to use the UV lamp correctly. z When all chamber attachments are installed correctly, only the inside of the duct and the inside of the humidifying pan cover are exposed to UV light. z Correctly install all of the chamber attachments when starting a cell culture, and never turn ON the UV lamp when the humidifying pan cover is removed. z Always install the humidifying pan cover even when using the Incubator without turning ON the UV lamp. Leaving the cover uninstalled will affect the chamber temperature distribution and the humidity recovery performance. z The UV lamp stays lit for a preset period of time after the outer door is closed. The default setting is for five minutes. z If the outer door is not opened for at least 12 consecutive hours, the UV lamp will light for the preset time period every 12 hours. z The recommended replacement time for the UV lamp (i.e., when the UV output ratio drops to 60% to
70% of its initial value) is when the accumulated ON time reaches 1,000 hours. When the accumulated
ON time reaches approximately 1,000 hours, the “UV” will flash in the status display field on the LCD panel (when the UV lamp is not lit). It is recommended that the UV lamp be quickly replaced at this point.
Consult a Sanyo sales representative or agent for information on replacing the UV lamp. z If the UV lamp burns out, Err18:UV Lamp Abnormal will be displayed in the message display field. If this occurs, replace the UV lamp. When replacing the UV lamp, replace the glow starter (type FG-7P) at the same time. Consult a Sanyo sales representative or agent for information on replacing the UV lamp. z If the UV lamp burns out (Err18:UV Lamp Abnormal will be displayed in the message display field), it will not be possible to perform H
2
O
2
decontamination. Replace the UV lamp and the glow starter.
- 141 -
34
Precautions when using the UV lamp
WARNING
Do not look directly at UV light.
UV light is harmful to the eyes. z
Always use the humidifying pan and humidifying pan cover.
The humidifying pan and cover prevent UV light from escaping. Always use them even when not humidifying. To check whether the UV lamp is lit, open the outer door and then press the door switch with the inner door still closed. Visible blue light can be confirmed from the front of the humidifying pan cover.
UV light is harmful to the eyes, so do not light the UV lamp when the inner door or humidifying pan cover is open. z
Be careful when handling the UV lamp.
There is a UV lamp inside of the chamber duct. Be careful not to damage it when installing or removing chamber attachments, the humidifying pan, or the H
2
O
2
Generator.
35
- 142 -
Setting the UV lamp ON period
Use the following procedure to change the setting of the UV lamp ON period.
1.
Press the MENU Key from the Top Display to display the menu, select
Tools,
and press the ENTER
Key.
1
2
3
4
5
T e m p 3 7 . 0 o
O 5 . 0 %
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
.
０
.
%
M E e t
L
T o o l s
6
O K
7
2.
Select
UV Setting
from the Select Tools Display, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key.
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
C a n ce l M E NU
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
T e m p / C O 2 / O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n
A l a r m S e t t i n g
U V
A S
S e t t i n g
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g
D a t e T i m e
M E N U
O K
C a n c e l
3.
The UV Setting Display will appear. Set the UV Timer for the UV lamp ON period.
1
m i n ( 0 - 3 0 m i n )
3
U V T i m e r
U V L i f e
4
U V T i m e r
5
E x t
5
0
+ 0 d 0
6
% ( 1 0 0 % = 1 0 0 0 h )
%
( 0 . O F F 1 . O N )
4.
Press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key. The parameter will be saved.
- 143 -
36
x
The UV timer can be set from 0 to 30 min. The default setting is for 5 min. When the UV timer is set to zero, the UV lamp will not light. x
If the outer door is opened while the UV lamp is lit, the lamp will turn OFF. Then, when the door is closed, the lamp will light for the preset period of time. x
If the UV lamp ON time is set for longer than 10 minutes or if only the outer door is repeated opened and closed, condensation may occur in the chamber and may affect temperature distribution. It will also shorten the service life of the UV lamp. x
When replacing the UV lamp, consult with a Sanyo representative or agent.
Note:
To compensate for the drop in UV ray output along with increased accumulated ON time of UV lamp, the Incubator automatically extends the UV lamp ON time according to the accumulated ON time.
The automatically extended time is displayed as a percentage under
UV Timer Ext.
in the UV Setting
Screen.
Lighting the UV lamp for 24 hours
If the chamber has been contaminated by dirt or by spilling the medium, use the following procedure to decontaminate the chamber by lighting the UV lamp for 24 hours.
1.
Remove all attachments from the chamber, including the trays, tray supports, side supports, fan cover, duct, fan, humidifying pan, humidifying pan cover, N
2
or O
2
gas injection nozzle, and. Clean all the attachments in an autoclave or with disinfectant alcohol.
2.
Clean and wipe off inside the chamber with disinfectant alcohol.
3.
Set the CO
2 density to 0% and O
2 density to 20%. Set the UV 24h Mode to 1 on the UV Setting Display.
1
3
U V S e t t i n g
U V T i m e r 5 m i n ( 0 - 3 0 m i n )
U V L i f e 0 % ( 1 0 0 % = 1 0 0 0 h )
4
5
U V T i m e r
6
E x t + 0 d 1
%
( 0 . O F F 1 . O N )
4.
Press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key. The parameter will be saved.
・
This procedure must be preformed only with the outer door closed and the UV lamp turned OFF.
・
The UV lamp will light continuously for 24 hours after this parameter is set. The setting is canceled if the outer door is opened. Perform the above procedure to set the 24-hours lighting mode again if you open the door.
・
Install the attachments after completion of the 24-hour lighting mode.
Note:
Set the upper limit alarm temperature to at least 10 o
C higher than the chamber set temperature when using the 24-hour lighting mode of UV lamp. The 24-hour lighting mode may cause an automatic chamber temperature alarm because the temperature of the chamber will increase.
37
- 144 -
OTHER PARAMETERS
Setting the date, time, and log interval
1.
Press the MENU Key from the Top Display to display the menu, select
Tools
and press the ENTER Key.
5
1
2
3
4
T e m p 3 7 . 0 o
O 5 . 0 %
３７
.
０
５
.
０
%
M E N U
５
.
e t
L
０
.
T o o l s
6
O K
7
2.
Select
Date Time
from the Select Tools Display, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key.
A l a r m S e t t i n g
L C D / D A Q S e t t i n g
U V S e t t i n g
O K
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g
D a t e T i m e
- 145 -
38
3.
The Date Time Display will appear. Set the date, time and log interval.
1
3
4
5
6
T i m e 1 0 : 0 5 : 0 0 ( h h
：
m m
：
s s ) t e r v a 6 m i n ( 2 - 3 0 m i n )
・
Entering the date
Example for October 1, 2010: Enter 101001 in the Date Field.
・ Entering the time
Example for 10:05:00: Enter 100500 in the Time Field.
・
Entering the log interval
Example for 6 minutes: Enter 6 in Log Interval Field.
Note:
Ŷ The default is 6 minutes.
Ŷ The log interval can be set to between 2 and 30 minutes.
Ŷ Relation between the log interval and the period that can be saved
1: Log interval of 2 minutes -- About 5 days
2: Log interval of 6 minutes -- About 14 days
3: Log interval of 30 minutes -- About 70 days
For the data beyond the above period, the older data is deleted to save the newer data.
39
- 146 -
Initial settings (LCD/DAQ parameters)
1.
Select
LCD/DAQ Setting
from the Select Tools Display, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key.
A l a r m S e t t i n g
O K
L C D / D A Q S e t t i n g
U V S e t t i n g
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g
D a t e T i m e
2.
The LCD/DAQ Setting Display will appear. Set the initial setting for each parameter as necessary.
1
3
1
0 ( 0 . 2 4 0 0 2 . 9 6 0 0 )
4
5
D A Q S p e e d
D A Q I D
6
0
0
1
( 0 . O F F
( 0 . O F F
1 - 2 5 0 )
・
LCD Back Color:
Setting of the background color (1: Blue, 2: White)
Note:
DAQ is an external monitoring system of the chamber status. It is necessary to set the DAQ speed, DAQ
ID, and DAQ mode to use the optional communications software. Communications software is an optional accessory. Contact a Sanyo sales representative or agent for details.
- 147 -
40
DISPLAYING THE LOG
A log of the past chamber temperatures, CO
2
densities and O
2
densities can be displayed on a graph.
1.
Press the MENU Key from the Top Display to display the menu, select
Log
and press the ENTER Key.
3 7 . 0 o
O 5 . 0 %
1
T e m p
5
2
3
4
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
L o g
.
o
０
.
6
7
41
- 148 -
2.
The log will be displayed with dots. Press the Up Cursor Key and Down Cursor Key to switch between the temperature, CO
2
density and O
2
density displays. Press the Left Cursor Key and Right Cursor Key to scroll the displayed data (Left Cursor Key: older data, Right Cursor Key: newer data).
Temperature
1
5 0 ° C 2 0 1 0 / 1 0 / 0 1 T e m p
3
4
5
6
0 1 2 2 4
Switched with Up and Down Cursor
CO
2
density
1
3
4
2 0 % 2 0 1 0 / 1 0 / 0 1 C O 2
5
6
0 1 2 2 4
Switched with Up and Down Cursor
O
2
density
1
3
4
9 0 % 2 0 1 0 / 1 0 / 0 1 O 2
5
6
0 1 2 2 4
- 149 -
42
Transferring data
Use the following procedure to transfer the log data to a PC.
3
4
5
1.
To transfer the log data for one day, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
PC 1D,
and press the ENTER Key. To transfer all of the log data, select
PC All
and press the ENTER Key.
1
5 0 ° C 2 0 1 0 / 1 0 / 0 1 T e m p
M E N U
P C 1 D
P C A l l
C l e a r
C a n c e l
6
0 1 2 2 4
2.
A Progress Display will appear. On a HyperTerminal on PC, specify a transfer, text capture, and the name of the file to save. Use TXT or CSY as the file name extension. Press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
Start
, and press the ENTER Key.
The transfer will be started. “Finished” will be displayed when the transfer has been completed. Select
Cancel
from the menu after the transfer has been completed and press the ENTER Key.
1
P r o g r e s s
M E N U
3
4
S e n d l o g d a t a t o P C .
S t a r t
C a n c e l
5
6
F i n i s h e d .
Setting in PC side for transmission of log data (For Windows 2000 and Windows XP)
1.
From the Windows Start Button, select
Program
-
Accessories
-
Communications
-
HyperTerminal
to start the HyperTerminal. (If the HyperTerminal is not available from the Start Menu, execute the following file: C:¥Program Files¥Windows NT¥hypertrm.exe.)
2.
In the HyperTerminal Window, set a new connection, the name (for example, Sanyo), connection settings, method of connection, COM1, properties of COM1, and port.
Baud rate: 9,600, Data bits: 8, Parity: None, Stop bits: 1, Flow control: Xon/Xoff.
(The communications condition of the Incubator will be set automatically to the above settings when the
Progress Display appears.)
Note:
An optional RS232C/RS485 Interface MTR-480 (RS-232C/RS-485) is required to transfer data.
43
- 150 -
WATER LEVEL SENSOR
This Incubator is equipped with a water level sensor for the humidifying pan. The sensor is set automatically when the humidifying pan is installed. Take care not to damage the sensor when removing or installing the humidifying pan.
When the humidifying pan is removed (side view)
Pan
Sensor
When the humidifying pan is installed (side view)
Sensor
Pan
Note:
Make sure that the humidifying pan is all the way to the back and that the sensor comes down when you install the humidifying pan.
Note:
• Lift the sensor before installing the humidifying pan if the sensor is in the lower position after maintenance.
• When installing the humidifying pan, make sure that the pan is set properly and that sensor comes down into the pan. “RH PAN” will be displayed in reverse video in the status display field on LCD panel if the sensor does not come down completely. If necessary, set the pan again in the proper location.
• The sensor detects the water level every 30 minutes and just after the outer door is closed. It takes several seconds to detect the water level. Therefore, “RH PAN” may displayed in reverse video several times in the status display field on LCD panel after the outer door is closed even when the humidifying pan is full.
CAUTION
Foreign particles on the water surface can adhere to the water level sensor and fittings by capillary action because the sensor is always in the water. The adhered foreign particles degrade sensor performance and “RH PAN” may displayed in reverse video in the status display field on LCD panel even though there is sufficient water in the humidifying pan. Be sure to wipe OFF any dirt on the water level sensor with disinfectant alcohol whenever you change the humidifying water. When cleaning the sensor, take care not to apply excessive force to the lead wires.
- 151 -
44
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Cleaning the chamber and inner attachments
When using the Incubator for the first time or when performing H
2
O
2
decontamination, refer to
Chamber Attachments
on the following page and remove and clean the inner attachments.
Removing
WARNING
Before performing any repairs or maintenance,
turn OFF the power switch and unplug the Incubator.
Failure to do say may result in electric shock or injury.
Be careful not to inhale chemicals, vapors or aerosols when cleaning the Incubator.
Doing so may be harmful to health.
CAUTION
Wear rubber gloves when performing maintenance on the chamber.
Failure to wear gloves may result in cuts or abrasions from sharp edges or corners.
Note:
Be careful not to damage the humidifying pan water level sensor or the UV lamp in the chamber duct (if the MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or the optional MCO-19UVS is installed).
Do not use detergents or antiseptic solutions with acid, alkali, or chlorine. Doing so may cause discoloration, corrosion, or rusting.
1.
Close the valve of the CO
2
and N
2
/O
2
gas cylinder and turn off the power to the incubator.
2.
Open the outer and inner doors and pull out the all trays. (See Fig. 1.)
Note:
Open the inner door after closing all gastight split doors.
3.
Lift the front of the tray supports and pull them out. (See Fig. 2.)
4.
Lift the humidifying pan cover off from the pins on the rear side. (See Fig. 3.)
Humidifying pan cover
Fig. 1
Tray support
Fig. 2 Fig. 3
45
- 152 -
5.
Pull out the N
2
/O
2
gas injection nozzle and N
2
/O
2
gas injection nozzle tube. (See Fig. 4.)
6.
Pull out the humidifying pan. (See Fig. 5.)
7.
Loosen the two screws securing the fan cover and take off the fan cover. (See Fig. 6.)
Gas injection nozzle tube
Gas injection nozzle
Fig. 4
Humidifying pan
Fig. 5
Fan cover
Fig. 6
8.
Lift the duct and remove it from the pins on the rear side. (See Fig. 7.)
9.
Remove the chamber circulation fan by pulling out the central spring and then by pulling out the fan.
(See Fig. 8.)
10.
Remove the screw securing the clamp for the side support and remove the clamp. (See Fig. 9.)
11.
Lift the tray brace off of the pins. (See Fig. 10.)
Duct
Fig. 7
Clamp
Fig. 9
- 153 -
Side support
Fan
Fig. 8
Fig. 10
46
12.
Clean all the attachments with a diluted neutral detergent, and then rinse them thoroughly with distilled water.
13.
Wipe the trays, the inner attachments such as the chamber circulation fan, and the chamber sides with sterilizing alcohol. Be careful not to leave any residual alcohol.
14.
Wipe the water level sensor with sterilizing alcohol. Be careful not to leave any residual alcohol. When cleaning the sensor, take care not to apply excessive force to the lead wires.
15.
To reinstall all the attachments, perform the procedure in reverse order from step 14.
Note:
• When installing the fan, insert it securely on the motor shaft (See Fig.11). Lightly turn the fan manually to make sure that it does not strike the rear panel. Improper insertion may cause poor performance.
• As shown in Fig. 12, set the tray with only the front edge bent down. If the tray is set in the wrong direction, it may not be level and may become unstable.
Fan
② ①
Spring
Fig. 11
Bent down
Fig. 12
47
- 154 -
Filling the humidifying pan
Use the following procedure to fill the humidifying pan or to replace the water.
1.
Lift the humidifying pan cover. (See Fig. 1.)
2.
Pull the humidifying pan forward. (See Fig. 2.)
3.
Dispose of the remaining water in the pan and clean the pan with a neutral dishwashing detergent.
Then rinse it thoroughly with distilled water and wipe it with sterilizing alcohol.
4.
Wipe all moisture from the bottom of the chamber.
5.
Return the pan to the chamber and add sterile distilled water (approx. 1.5 L, preheated to 37 q
C).
(See Fig. 3.)
6.
Set the pan with the inner side flush against the back, and replace the cover. Close all gastight split doors, inner door and outer door, and confirm that
RH PAN is not displayed in reverse video in the status display area.
Note:
• Preheat to 37 q
C the water to be added to the humidifying pan. Adding low-temperature water will lower the temperature and humidity in the chamber.
• If the water level alarm indication “RH PAN” is displayed, use the above procedure to replenish the water.
CAUTION
When refilling the water in the humidifying pan,
always wipe off any dirt from the water level sensor with sterilizing alcohol
. While doing that, be careful not to apply excessive force to the sensor lead wire.
- 155 -
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
48
H
2
O
2
DECONTAMINATION
When the chamber has been contaminated, or when cleaning the chamber prior to starting a culture,
H
2
O
2
decontamination can be performed using the H
2
O
2
Generator. z The following products must be purchased separately in order to perform H
2
O
2
decontamination. Before performing H
2
O
2
decontamination, check to make sure that these are correctly installed. x
UV Lamp Expansion Kit (MCO-19UVS) (Not required for the MCO-19M(UV).) x
H
2
O
2
Decontamination Kit (MCO-HL) x
H
2
O
2
Generator (MCO-HP) z The H
2
O
2
decontamination function decontaminates the chamber and the inner attachments. Do not place any objects other than the specified attachments in the chamber during decontamination. z Before performing H
2
O
2
decontamination, clean the chamber and the inner attachments with sterilizing alcohol. z The chamber temperature during H
2
O
2
decontamination reaches 45 q
C. Before performing H
2
O
2 decontamination, set the upper limit temperature alarm to 50 q
C or higher. z For the H
2
O
2
reagent, use one bottle of the H
2
O
2
Decontamination Reagent specified by Sanyo
(MCO-H202). z After decontamination, dilute the residual H
2
O
2
Decontamination Reagent in the H
2
O
2
Generator with a large quantity of water and dispose of it, and rinse with distilled water. (Do not wash either the inside or outside of the H
2
O
2
Generator with alcohol.)
WARNING
Use the reagent specified by Sanyo for H
2
O
2
decontamination
. Using a different H
2
O
2
solution may cause explosion or damage to the Incubator, or insufficient decontamination.
Do not use chemicals other than the H
2
O
2
reagent, such as alcohol.
Doing so may result in damage to the H
2
O
2
Generator.
WARNING
When performing H
2
O
2
decontamination,
make sure that gastight split doors, inner door and outer door are securely closed
. During H
2
O
2
decontamination, plug the access hole with the silicon cap that is provided. Failure to do so may be harmful to health due to leakage of H
2
O
2
gas.
CAUTION
H
2
O
2
decontamination can be performed only for the chamber and chamber attachments with standard specifications, and not for any other objects.
49
- 156 -
CAUTION
Perform H
2
O
2
decontamination with the chamber attachments arranged as specified by Sanyo
.
Arranging them in a different way may result in insufficient decontamination.
CAUTION
Wear rubber gloves when handling the H
2
O
2
reagent
. Direct contact with the H
2
O
2
reagent may result in inflammation of the skin.
CAUTION
After H
2
O
2
decontamination has been completed, residual H
2
O
2
solution will remain on the bottom of the chamber, the H
2
O
2
Generator, and the bottom of the duct.
Wearing protective glasses and rubber gloves, wipe it off with a non-woven cloth
. Failure to do so may result in a deficient culture.
- 157 -
50
H
2
O
2
decontamination
Use the following procedure to perform H
2
O
2
decontamination using the H
2
O
2
Generator (MCO-HP).
1.
Take out all trays, tray supports, side supports, the humidifying pan cover, the N
2
or O
2
gas injection nozzle, the N
2
or O
2
gas injection nozzle tube, the humidifying pan, the fan cover, and the duct from the chamber. Dispose of the water in the humidifying pan, wipe the inside walls of the chamber with a gauze containing water or alcohol for sterilization.
2.
Attach the duct and side supports, and set the tray supports in the 2nd, 5th, 9th holes from the top of the side supports. Then set the trays.
3.
Pour one bottle of H
2
O
2
Decontamination Reagent (MCO-H2O2) into the H
2
O
2
Generator. Set the two pins on the H
2
O
2
Generator in the 2 holes on the lower left side of the duct (Fig. 1).
4.
Connect the H
2
O
2
Generator and connector on the bottom right of the far side of the chamber with the enclosed cable. Be sure to keep the connector cap (Fig. 1).
5.
Set the humidifying pan cover, humidifying pan, fan cover, the N
2
or O
2
gas injection nozzle and the N
2 or O
2
gas injection nozzle tube as shown in Fig. 2, and close the inner door and outer door .
Note:
The trays included as accessory are designed to be appropriate for decontamination. If Half Trays
(MCO-25ST, optional) or Trays for previous models are used, decontamination may not be sufficiently effective.
Front
Front
UV lamp
Connector
51
H
2
O
2
Generator Ultrasound oscillator
Front
Humidifying pan cover
Fan cover
N
2
or O
2
gas injection nozzle
N
2
or O
2
gas injection nozzle tube
Humidifying pan
H
2
O
2
Generator
- 158 -
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
6.
Press the H
2
O
2
Key for 3 seconds. The system check will start.
1
H 2 O 2 D e c o n t a m i n a t i o n
3
4
H 2 O 2
5
D e c o n S y s t e m C h e c k
・ ・ ・ ・ ・
6
7.
If the system is normal, the following display will appear. (If the system is not normal, refer to Table 2 on page 57.) Select
OK
and press the ENTER Key to start H
2
O
2
decontamination. Decontamination will be performed automatically to step 10. The buzzer will sound when decontamination has been completed
(It takes about 1 hour 40 minutes after warming-up).
Note:
The outer door will be locked with an electric lock for safety until the decontamination has been completed.
1
H 2 O 2 D e c o n t a m i n a t i o n
U
3
O K a n
4
R e a d y
5
t o S t a r t ?
6
8.
During the H
2
O
2
mist generation, “H2O2 Decon” will flash at the top left corner of the screen.
Note:
H
2
O
2
mist generates from the H
2
O
2
Generator and then quickly changes to a gas.
D e c o n U V R e s o l v e S t e p : 4
1
H 2 O 2
2
3
4
７ min
９０ min
5
6
7
T e m p : 4 5 . 0
℃
D o o r : L o c k e d
- 159 -
52
53
9.
After completion of H
2
O
2
mist generation, “UV Resolve” will flash at the top of the screen, and H
2
O
2
gas resolution by UV light will start.
R e s o l v e S t e p : 7
1
H 2 O 2 D e c o n U V
2
3
4
０ min
８９ min
T e m p : 4 5 . 0
℃
5
6
7
D o o r : L o c k e d
10.
After H
2
O
2
gas resolution, H
2
O
2
decontamination has been completed. The following display will appear. Open the outer door and disconnect the cable of H
2
O
2
Generator from the connector in the chamber. Then take out the H
2
O
2
Generator.
Note:
Always put on protection glasses and rubber gloves when performing decontamination.
1
H 2 O 2 D e c o n t a m i n a t i o n S t e p : 8
2
3
4
T e m p : 4 5 . 0
℃
5
6
P l e a s e R e m o v e H 2 O 2
7
U n i t D o o r : U n l o c k
11.
The following display will appear. Press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
, and press the
ENTER Key to return to the Top Display.
1
2
3
4
5
n t e
T e m p : 4 5 . 0
℃
D o o r : U n l o c k
6
7
- 160 -
12.
Dilute the remaining H
2
O
2
reagent in the H
2
O
2
Generator with a large volume of water and dispose of it. Rinse and wash the H
2
O
2
Generator with distilled water. Then keep the H
2
O
2
Generator in a clean environment outside of the chamber.
Note:
After H
2
O
2
decontamination, cover the connector on the chamber side with the connector cap.
13.
After H
2
O
2
decontamination, surplus H
2
O
2
liquid will remain at the bottom of the chamber and in the bottom part of the H
2
O
2
Generator duct. This solution contains H
2
O
2
at a low concentration (about 1% or less), so put on protective glasses and rubber gloves and wipe it up with a non-woven cloth.
14.
Ventilate the chamber sufficiently and place all the attachments back into the chamber.
Note:
Be sure to attach the connector cap.
CAUTION
The electric lock will remained locked if power fails during H
2
O
2
decontamination. After the power comes back ON, the H
2
O
2
gas resolution process will start execution and finish automatically. Execute the decontamination again because the decontamination will be incomplete.
WARNING
Never open the door by unlocking it with the unlock key during H
2
O
2
decontamination or H
2
O
2
gas resolution with the UV lamp. H
2
O
2
gas leakage is potentially harmful to health.
Precautions when handling H
2
O
2
decontamination reagent
Observe the following precautions when handling the H
2
O
2
Decontamination Reagent (MCO-H2O2).
z
Handling Precautions x
Wear protective equipment, such as protective glasses and rubber gloves. x
Do not use fire in the area where the reagent is being handled. x
Do not leave any reagent in the container after it has been used or while it is being used. x
Do not place inflammable or combustible materials near the area where the reagent is handled. z
Precautions for Storage x
Always close the container cover securely to prevent impurities from becoming mixed in the reagent. x
Check the container to make sure that there is no damage, corrosion, or cracking. x
Store the container with the inlet facing upwards, and make sure that the container will not tip or be knocked over. x
If possible, store the reagent in a location where water is available and where the floor can be easily washed. z
Precautions for Disposal x
Dispose according to the rule in your country.
- 161 -
54
ALARMS, SAFETY, AND SELF-DIAGNOSIS
The Incubator supports the following alarms, safety functions, and self-diagnostic functions.
Table 1: Alarms and Safety Functions for Culture Operations
Alarm or safety function
Upper limit temperature alarm
The chamber temperature exceeds the upper limit alarm temperature set value.
OVERHEAT indicator lights. Continuous tone
Automatic set temperature alarm
The chamber temperature is out of the automatic set temperature alarm setting range (±1.0 to ±5.0
o
C).
Warning :High Temp
or
Warning :Low Temp
is displayed in the message display field.
Intermittent tone after set alarm delay time (0 to 15 min) has elapsed
Automatic set
CO
2 concentration alarm
Automatic set
O
2 concentration alarm
The chamber CO
2 concentration is out of the automatic set CO
2
concentration alarm setting range (±0.5% to ±5.0%).
The chamber O
2 concentration is out of the automatic set CO
2
concentration alarm setting range (±0.5% to ±5.0%).
Warning :High CO
2
Warning :Low CO
2
Density
Density
or
is displayed in the message display field.
Warning :High O
2
Warning :Low O
2
Density
Density
or
is displayed in the message display field.
Intermittent tone after set alarm delay time (0 to 15 min) has elapsed
Intermittent tone after set alarm delay time (0 to 30 min) has elapsed
Auto-return
There are no key operations for approx.
90 s in a setting mode.
Top screen is displayed. -----
Key lock
Door alarm
The key lock is ON.
The outer door is open.
Key Lock
is displayed on the standby operation setting screen.
Door
：
Open
is displayed in the message display field.
-----
Intermittent tone after set alarm delay time (1 to 30 min) has elapsed
Heater OFF
Remote alarm operates
Remote alarm operates after delay of 0 to 15 min.
Remote alarm operates after delay of 0 to 15 min.
Remote alarm operates after delay of 0 to 30 min.
The setting mode is canceled.
Setting changes are prohibited.
The CO
2 closed.
The N valve is
2
/O
2 valve is closed.
The heater turns
OFF after 1 min.
CO
2
gas cylinder empty
The CO
2
concentration does not increase when the CO
2
valve is opened.
Err01: CO
2
Gas Empty
is displayed in the message display field.
Intermittent tone
Remote alarm operates.
N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder empty
CO changeover
N
2
(or O
2 changeover
Connection mistake of
CO
2
2
line
) line
line and
N
2
(or O
2
) line
Selection
Mistake of
N
O
2
2
gas and
gas.
The O
2
concentration does not increase when the N
2
/O
2
valve is opened.
Err02: N
2
/O
2
Gas Empty
is displayed in the message display field.
The CO
2
gas supply is switched automatically to the reserve cylinder
(only when the MCO-21GC is installed).
The N
2
/O
2
gas supply is switched automatically to the reserve cylinder.
Err01: CO
2
Gas Empty
is displayed in the message display field.
The text flashes for the empty CO
2
gas supply line.
Err02:
N
2
/O
2
G
as Empty
is displayed in the message display field.
The text flashes for the empty N
2 gas supply line.
/O
2
The CO
2
concentration keeps increasing when the CO
2 closed.
valve is
Err03:
CO
2
G
as Connect
Abnormal is displayed in the message display field.
The O
2
concentration keeps keep changing into the opposite direction when the N
2
/O
2
valve is opened.
Err04:
N
2
/O
2
G
as Connect
Abnormal is displayed in the message display field.
Chamber temperature sensor error
The chamber temperature sensor is disconnected.
Err05
：
Temp Sensor Open
is displayed in the message display field.
Sensor box temperature sensor error
Ambient temperature sensor error
CO
2
sensor error
The chamber temperature sensor is short-circuited.
The sensor box temperature sensor is disconnected.
Err06
：
Temp Sensor Short
is displayed in the message display field.
Err07: CO
2
S Box Temp Sensor Open
is displayed in the message display field.
Err08
：
CO
2
S Box Temp Sensor Short
is displayed in the message display field.
The sensor box temperature sensor is short-circuited.
The ambient temperature sensor is disconnected.
The ambient temperature sensor is short-circuited.
The Vref or Vgas output voltage for the
CO
2
sensor is abnormal.
Err09: AT Sensor Open
is displayed in the message display field.
Err10: AT Sensor Short
is displayed in the message display field.
Err11: CO
2
Err12: CO
2
Sensor Vref Abnormal
or
Sensor Vgas Abnormal
is displayed in the message display field.
Intermittent tone
〃
〃
〃
〃
〃
〃
〃
〃
〃
〃
〃
Remote alarm operates.
The CO
2
gas supply is switched.
Remote alarm operates.
The N
2
/O
2
gas supply is switched.
Remote alarm operates.
The CO
2 closed. valve is
The N
2
/O
2 valve is closed.
The CO
2 closed. valve is
The N
2
/O
2 valve is closed.
The heater turns
OFF.
Remote alarm operates.
The heater turns
OFF.
Remote alarm operates.
CO
2
valve is closed.
Remote alarm operates.
CO
2
valve is closed.
Remote alarm operates.
Remote alarm operates.
Remote alarm operates.
CO
2
valve is closed.
Remote alarm operates.
55
- 162 -
Alarm or safety function
O
2
sensor error
The measured voltage for the O
2
sensor is abnormal.
Err19: O
2
Sensor Abnormal
is displayed in the message display field.
Intermittent tone
N
2
/O
2
valve is closed.
Remote alarm operates
Main heater error
Bottom heater error
Main heater burnout occurs or the main heater SSR is short-circuited when the upper limit temperature alarm operates.
Err13: Main Heater Abnormal
is displayed in the message display field.
Bottom heater burnout occurs or the bottom heater SSR is short-circuited.
Err14: Humidity Heater Abnormal
is displayed in the message display field.
Door heater burnout occurs or the door heater SSR is short-circuited.
Err15: Door Heater Abnormal
is displayed in the message display field.
Door heater error
Sensor box heater error
Heater SSR burnout
Low humidifying water
UV lamp failure
New UV lamp recommended
Sensor box heater burnout occurs or the sensor box heater SSR is short-circuited.
Main, bottom, door, or sensor box heater SSR burnout occurs.
The water in the humidifying pan drops to approx. 600 ml.
The UV lamp burns out (only for the
MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or when the optional MCO-19UVS is installed).
The accumulated ON time reaches approx. 1,000 hours (only for the
MCO-19M(UVH)/19M(UV) or when the optional MCO-19UVS is installed).
Err16: CO
2
S Box Heater Abnormal
is displayed in the message display field.
Err17: Heater SSR Open
is displayed in the message display field.
RH PAN
flashes in reverse video in the status display field.
Err18: UV Lamp Abnormal
is displayed in the message display field.
Warning :UV Life
is displayed in the message display field.
〃
〃
〃
〃
〃
Intermittent tone
Remote alarm operates.
Remote alarm operates.
Remote alarm operates.
Remote alarm operates.
Remote alarm operates.
----- -----
Remote alarm operates.
----- -----
The buzzer can be stopped by pressing the BUZZER Key, but remote alarms will not stop. In addition, a buzzer that sounds because of the upper limit temperature alarm cannot be stopped by pressing the
BUZZER Key.
Err01 recovery is achieved automatically by correctly connecting the gas and pressing the BUZZER Key to stop the buzzer. In addition, when the MCO-21GC is installed and the gas supply is switched to the reserve gas cylinder, press the BUZZER Key and replace the gas cylinder.
Err02 recovery is achieved automatically by correctly connecting the gas and pressing the BUZZER Key to stop the buzzer. In addition, when the gas supply is switched to the reserve gas cylinder, press the
BUZZER Key and replace the gas cylinder.
For Err03, confirm whether a CO2 gas cylinder is correctly connected to a connecting port A/B for CO
2 gas pipe. Refer to page 16
For Err04, confirm whether a N
2
(or O
2
) gas cylinder is correctly connected to a connecting port A/B for
N
2
/O
2
gas pipe. Refer to page 17
If an error from Err05 to Err19 occurs (except for the upper limit temperature alarm in Err13 to Err16), then consult a Sanyo sales representative or agent.
- 163 -
56
Table 2: Alarm and Safety Functions for H
2
O
2
Decontamination
Alarm and safety function
The H
2
O
2
Generator is not connected.
H2O2 Decon System Error
is displayed in the screen center.
Err31:H2O2 Unit No Connect
is displayed in the message display field.
System check error at start of H
2
O
2 decontamination
There is no H
2
O
2 the H
2
O
2
solution or
level sensor has failed (or is disconnected).
H2O2 Decon System Error
is displayed in the screen center.
Err32: H2O2 Level is Low
is displayed in the message display field.
A door is not closed.
H2O2 Decon System Error
displayed in the screen center.
Err33: Door is Open
is displayed in the message display field.
Failure during H
2 decontamination
O
2
The volume of H
2 is abnormal.
O
2
generated
Err34:H2O2 Volume
is displayed in the message display field.
Power was interrupted during
H
2
O
2
decontamination.
The UV lamp failed during
H
2
O
2 gas analysis by UV.
After power is restored,
Err35: Power
Failed
is displayed in the screen message display field.
After completion,
Decon Failed
is displayed in the screen center.
Err36: UV Lamp Failure
is displayed in the message display field.
Failure during H
2
O
2 gas analysis by UV
Power was interrupted during
H
2
O
2 gas analysis by UV.
After power is restored,
Err37: Power
Failed
is displayed in the message display field.
-----
-----
-----
Decontamination mode is cancelled.
Decontamination mode is cancelled.
Decontamination mode is cancelled.
Intermittent tone with
15min delay
Moves to UV analysis.
Remote alarm operates with 15 min delay.
Intermittent tone
Electrically locked during power interruption. After power is restored, moves to UV analysis.
Remote alarm operates.
Intermittent tone
-----
UV analysis time is extended.
Remote alarm operates.
Electrically locked during power interruption. After power is restored, UV analysis is repeated.
Table 3: Alarm and Safety Functions for automatic CO
2
and O
2 density calibration
Alarm and safety function
System check error at start/operating of automatic CO
2
O
2
density calibration
and
The gas pressure for the standard gas calibration CO
2 gas line is less than the specified pressure.
Std Gas Calib Error
is displayed in the screen center.
Err41: CO2 Std Gas Empty
is displayed in the message display field.
Intermittent tone
The standard gas calibration mode is cancelled.
Remote alarm operates.
Note
：
For models with electric locking, an unlock key is provided in order to unlock the door during a power interruption or in case the electric lock fails. Always store this key in a safe place. It is recommended that you make a note of the key symbol and number in case the key is lost.
WARNING
Do not use the unlock key to unlock the door during H
2
O
2
decontamination or during H
2
O
2
gas analysis by UV.
Doing so may cause harm to health from H
2
O
2
gas leakage.
57
- 164 -
CALIBRATION
Temperature/CO
2
/O
2
calibration
1.
Press the MENU Key from the Top Display to display the menu, select
Tools
, and press the ENTER
Key.
6
5
1
2
3
4
T e m p 3 7 . 0 o
O 5 . 0 %
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
.
０
.
. 0
M E U e t
L
T o o l s
7
2.
Select
Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration
from the Select Tools Display, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key.
T e m p / C O 2 / O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n
A l a r m S e t t i n g
L C D / D A Q S e t t i n g
U V S e t t i n g
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g
D a t e T i m e
O K
3.
The Temp/CO2/O2 Calibration Display will appear.
Example
Enter the value shown below if the displayed chamber temperature is 37.0
o
C but the actual temperature is 36.5
o
C.
Ɣ Temperature span: Enter 365.
1
3
T e m p S p a n 3 6 . 5 o
P V
C 3 7 . 0 o
C
V o l t
0 . 5 ° C
4
C O 2 Z e r o 3 . 9 1 V 5 0 0
5
0 . 0 % 5 . 0 % 3 . 1 6
O 2 Z e r o 5 0 0
6
5 . 0 % 5 8
- 165 -
58
59
Example
Enter the value shown below if the displayed chamber CO
2
density is 5.0% but the actual CO
2
density is
4.5%.
Ɣ CO
2
density span: Enter 045.
1
3
4
5
T e m p S p a n 0 . 0
C O 2 Z e r o
C O 2 S p a n o
4 . 5 %
6
O 2 Z e r o
P V
C 3 7 . 0 o
5 . 0 %
5 . 0 %
C
V o l t
3 . 9 1
3 . 1 6
5 8
0 . 5 ° C
V 5 0 0
V 7 0 0
5 0 0
Example
Enter the value shown below if the displayed chamber O
2
density is 5.0% but the actual O
2
density is
5.5%.
Ɣ O
2
density span: Enter 055.
1
3
4
5
T e m p S p a n 0 . 0
C O 2 Z e r o o
C O 2 S p a n 0 . 0 %
6
O 2 Z e r o n 5 . 5 %
P V
C 3 7 . 0 o
5 . 0 %
5 . 0 %
C
V o l t
3 . 9 1
3 . 1 6
5 8
0 . 5 ° C
V 5 0 0
V 7 0 0
5 0 0
4.
Press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key.
5.
After the Select Tools Display is displayed, press MENU Key to display the menu, select
Cancel,
and press the ENTER Key to return to the Top Display.
Note:
It is important to accurately measure the temperature inside the Incubator when calibrating the temperature. Particularly, the temperature gauge used must have an accuracy of JIS 0.5 Class or better.
The temperature must be measured at several points.
The temperature setting can not change by more than ± 1.0
o
C during calibration. If these values are exceeded, an error buzzer will sound, the input data will be ignored, and the Incubator will return to the display mode. If it is necessary to change the temperature by more than 1.0
o
C, perform calibration in several stages over a period of time.
- 166 -
TROUBLESHOOTING
If the Incubator does not seem to be working properly, check the following items before calling for service.
Symptom
The Incubator does not operate at all.
Items to check and countermeasures
x
Is the Incubator plugged in? x
Is there a power outage, or has a circuit breaker interrupted the power? x
Is the key lock function turned OFF?
The key is not working.
An alarm has occurred. When starting operation: x
Does the chamber temperature match the set value? x
Does the CO
2 value?
/O
2
gas concentration in the chamber match the set
(1) Is the secondary pressure for the CO
2
gas pressure regulator at the specified value of 0.03 MPaG (0.3 kgf/cm
2
G. 4.3 psiG)?
(2) Is the secondary pressure for the N
2
/O
2
gas pressure regulator at the specified value of 0.05 MPaG (0.5 kgf/cm
2
G, 7.1 psiG)?
(3) Is the gas tube properly connected?
The chamber temperature does not match the set value.
The gas concentration does not match the set value.
The chamber temperature does not rise.
During operation: x
Is the upper limit alarm temperature set at least 1 q
C higher than the chamber set temperature? x
Has the temperature setting been changed? Has the door been left open for a long time? Has a low-temperature object been placed in the chamber? If any of these is the case, the alarm will be automatically cleared if you wait. x
Has the gas tube come loose, or is there a gas leak? x
Has the CO
2
/O
2
gas concentration setting been changed? x
Is the gas cylinder empty? Check the primary pressure of the gas cylinder once a week. (When the primary pressure is 3.8 MPa (38 kgf/cm
2
G) or lower, it is a sign that there is little gas remaining.
Replace the cylinder soon.) x
Is the ambient temperature less than 5 q
C different from the set value for the chamber temperature? x
Is the outer door closed with the gastight split doors or inner door left open? x
Is the secondary pressure for the CO
2
gas pressure regulator at the specified value of 0.03 MPaG (0.3 kgf/cm
2
G, 4.3 psiG)? x
Is the secondary pressure for the N
2
/O
2
gas pressure regulator at the specified value of 0.05 MPaG (0.5 kgf/cm
2
G, 7.1 psiG)? x
Is the gas tube blocked? x
Is there enough water in the humidifying pan? (Be sure to use sterile distilled water.)
- 167 -
60
61
A large quantity of gas is being consumed.
Symptom Items to check and countermeasures
x
Are the doors being frequently opened and closed? x
Check whether gas is leaking from connectors due to deterioration of the gas tube, or whether there may be any pinhole leaks. The gas tube is a replaceable part, and it is recommended that it be replaced once a year.
x
Is the packing seal for gastight split doors and inner door defective? x
Is the access hole open?
Normal cultures are not possible, and the gas concentration is suspect. x
Is the ambient air environment around the Incubator normal? Is there a source of polluted gas in the vicinity?
The gas concentration is slow to recover. x
A HEPA filter is used for the Incubator gas piping. If gas concentration is slow to recover when the CO
2
gas concentration is normal, it is possible that the HEPA filter may be clogged. Consult a
Sanyo representative or agent.
The gas is not being injected. x
Is there little gas remaining in the gas cylinder? x
Is the secondary pressure for the CO
2
gas pressure regulator at the specified value of 0.03 MPaG (0.3 kgf/cm
2
G, 4.3 psiG)? x
Is the secondary pressure for the N
2
/CO
2
gas pressure regulator at the specified value of 0.05 MPaG (0.5 kgf/cm
2
G, 7.1 psiG)? x
Is the gas tube blocked? x
The control method for the Incubator is the ON-OFF method. Gas is intermittently injected as the gas concentration in the chamber approaches the set value. Injections may be stopped for periods of approximately 60 seconds, but that is not an error.
The outer door does not open. MCO-19M(UVH), or when the optional MCO-HL is installed: x
When the power is OFF, the electric lock is locked and the outer door does not open. Either turn ON the power or use the accessory unlock key to override the electric lock. x
During decontamination the outer door is electrically locked and does not open.
H
2
O
2 decontamination cannot be performed. x
If the MCO-19M(UV)/19M is being used, is the optional MCO-HL installed? x
If the MCO-19M is being used, are the optional MCO-HL and
MCO-19UVS installed? x
Is the UV lamp burned out? If the UV lamp is burned out, H
2 decontamination will not be possible.
O
2 x
Is the H
2
O
2
Generator cable properly connected? x
Has the entire bottle of H
2
O
2
Decontamination Reagent been used?
x
Has the upper limit temperature alarm been set to 50 q
C or higher?
Note:
If the problem still has not been solved after trying the above checks and countermeasures, or for any problems not covered here, contact a Sanyo representative or agent.
- 168 -
DISPOSING OF THE MULTI-GAS INCUBATOR
When disposing of the multi-gas incubator, contact a Sanyo sales representative or agent.
WARNING
The incubator must be dismantled and disposed of by qualified personnel only
. If the incubator is left where outsiders enter, it may result unexpected accident (for example, children to become locked inside).
Before disposing a multi-gas incubator with biohazardous danger, decontaminate the multi-gas incubator to the extent possible by the user.
- 169 -
62
Note:
This symbol mark and recycle system apply only to EU countries. They do not applied to the countries in other areas of the world.
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive 2002/96/EC
(English)
This SANYO product is designed and manufactured with high-quality materials and components that can be recycled and reused.
This symbol means that the electrical and electronic equipment, at their end-of-life, should be disposed of separately from household wastes.
Dispose of this product at your local community waste collection/recycling center.
In the European Union there are separate collection systems for used electrical and electronic products.
Please help us to conserve the environment we live in.
63
(German)
Ihr SANYO Produkt wurde entworfen und hergestellt mit qualitativ hochwertigen Materialien und
Komponenten, die recycelt und wiederverwendet werden können.
Dieses Symbol bedeutet, daß elektrische und elektronische Geräte am Ende ihrer Nutzungsdauer von
Hausmüll getrennt entsorgt werden sollen.
Bitte entsorgen Sie dieses Gerät bei Ihrer örtlichen kommunalen Sammelstelle oder im Recycling Centre.
In der Europäischen Union gibt es unterschiedliche Sammelsysteme für Elektrik- und Elektronikgeräte.
Helfen Sie uns bitte, die Umwelt zu erhalten, in der wir leben!
- 170 -
(French)
Votre produit Sanyo est conçu et fabriqué avec des matèriels et des composants de qualité supérieure qui peuvent être recyclés et réutilisés.
Ce symbole signifie que les équipements électriques et électroniques en fin de vie doivent être éliminés séparément des ordures ménagères.
Nous vous prions donc de confier cet équipement à votre centre local de collecte/recyclage.
Dans l’Union Européenne, il existe des systèmes sélectifs de collecte pour les produits électriques et
électroniques usagés.
Aidez-nous à conserver l’environnement dans lequel nous vivons !
Les machines ou appareils électriques et électroniques contiennent fréquemment des matières qui, si elles sont traitées ou éliminées de manière inappropriée, peuvent s’avérer potentiellement dangereuses pour la santé humaine et pour l’environnement.
Cependant, ces matières sont nécessaires au bon fonctionnement de votre appareil ou de votre machine.
Pour cette raison, il vous est demandé de ne pas vous débarrasser de votre appareil ou machine usagé avec vos ordures ménagères.
(Spanish)
Los productos SANYO están diseñados y fabricados con materiales y componentes de alta calidad, que pueden ser reciclados y reutilizados.
Este símbolo significa que el equipo eléctrico y electrónico, al final de su ciclo de vida, no se debe desechar con el resto de residuos domésticos.
Por favor, deposite su viejo “televisor” en el punto de recogida de residuos o contacte con su administración local.
En la Unión Europea existen sistemas de recogida específicos para residuos de aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos.
Por favor, ayúdenos a conservar el medio ambiente!
- 171 -
64
65
(Portuguese)
O seu produto SANYO foi concebido e produzido com materiais e componentes de alta qualidade que podem ser reciclados e reutilizados.
Este símbolo significa que o equipamento eléctrico e electrónico no final da sua vida útil deverá ser descartado separadamente do seu lixo doméstico.
Por favor, entregue este equipamento no seu ponto local de recolha/reciclagem.
Na União Europeia existem sistemas de recolha separados para produtos eléctricos e electrónicos usados.
Por favor, ajude-nos a conservar o ambiente em que vivemos!
(Italian)
Il vostro prodotto SANYO è stato costruito da materiali e componenti di alta qualità, che sono riutilizzabili o riciclabili.
Prodotti elettrici ed elettronici portando questo simbolo alla fine dell’uso devono essere smaltiti separatamente dai rifiuti casalinghi.
Vi preghiamo di smaltire questo apparecchio al deposito comunale.
Nell’Unione Europea esistono sistemi di raccolta differenziata per prodotti elettrici ed elettronici.
Aiutateci a conservare l’ambiente in cui viviamo!
- 172 -
(Dutch)
Sanyo producten zijn ontwikkeld en gefabriceerd uit eerste kwaliteit materialen, de onderdelen kunnen worden gerecycled en weer worden gebruikt.
Het symbool betekent dat de elektrische en elektronische onderdelen wanneer deze vernietigd gaan worden , dit separaat gebeurt van het normale huisafval.
Zorg ervoor dat het verwijderen van de apparatuur bij de lokaal erkende instanties gaat gebeuren.
In de Europese Unie wordt de gebruikte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur bij de daarvoor wettelijke instanties aangeboden.
Alstublieft help allen mee om het milieu te beschermen.
(Swedish)
Din SANYO produkt är designad och tillverkad av material och komponenter med hög kvalitet som kan
återvinnas och återanvändas.
Denna symbol betyder att elektriska och elektroniska produkter, efter slutanvändande, skall sorteras och lämnas separat från Ditt hushållsavfall.
Vänligen, lämna denna produkt hos Din lokala mottagningstation för avfall/återvinningsstation.
Inom den Europeiska Unionen finns det separata återvinningssystem för begagnade elektriska och elektroniska produkter.
Vänligen, hjälp oss att bevara miljön vi lever i!
- 173 -
66
AUTOMATIC CO
2
CYLINDER CHANGEOVER
67
An automatic CO
2
cylinder changeover system (MCO-21GC) is available as an optional accessory. This system switches the gas supply lines when one CO
2
gas cylinder becomes empty.
Note:
The installation of the MCO-21GC must be performed only by qualified service personnel.
Install the MCO-21GC and then perform the following procedure
1.
Connect 2 gas tubes to connecting ports A/B for CO
2
gas pipe. Connecting ports for CO
2
gas pipes are located on the left back of the Incubator. (Refer to page 9).
Note:
Only port A can be used when the MCO-21GC is not installed. There will be 2 ports, ports A and B, after the MCO-21GC is installed.
2.
Connect a CO
2
gas cylinder equipped with a gas pressure regulator to each gas tube. Refer to page 16 for information on connecting the gas cylinders. (“Gas cylinder A” is the CO2 gas cylinder connected to the connecting port A for CO
2
gas pipe, and “gas cylinder B” is the CO2 gas cylinder connected to the connecting port B for N
2
/O
2
gas pipe.)
3.
Open the valves of both gas cylinders.
4.
The current CO
2
gas supply line is displayed on the Top Display.
(“A” and “B” will be displayed only when the MCO-21GC is installed. Nothing will be displayed if
MCO-21GC is not installed.)
Current CO
2
gas supply line
3 7 . 0 o
C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 A B
1
T e m p
2
3
4
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
.
０
.
5
6
O K
7
5.
The MCO-21GC detects that there is no more CO
2
gas in a cylinder when the CO
2 density in the chamber does not increase for a while even after opening the CO
2
gas valve in the Incubator. It switches the gas supply line when it detects that there is no more gas. At that time, the following indications of switching the gas cylinder are provided.
Message display field Display of gas supply
The character for gas supply line
When CO
2
gas supply line switches automatically (Only when MCO-21GC
Err01: CO
2
Gas Empty is displayed. that is empty blinks.
The gas supply line that is is installed) currently being used is displayed in reverse video.
●
To silence the buzzer, press the BUZZER Key. The alarm condition is cleared and normal operation continues.
- 174 -
6.
When gas cylinder A is switched to B, remove gas cylinder A and replace it with new one.
Note:
Be careful when handling the empty CO
2
gas cylinder. Some gas may still be left in the cylinder.
Ɣ When gas cylinder B becomes empty, the line is switched to gas cylinder A again.
The MCO-21GC detects that there is no more CO
2
gas in a cylinder when the CO
2 density in the chamber does not increase for a while even after opening the CO
2
gas valve in the Incubator. The supply line may also be switched for other reasons even though there is gas left in the cylinder: blocking or restricting of gas tube, reduction of CO
2
gas pressure, or improper opening of CO
2
gas cylinder. Always check the gas quantity in the cylinder before disconnecting it.
Ɣ Use the following procedure to manual switch the line between CO
2
cylinders A and B (only when
MCO-21GC is installed). This procedure shows switching the line from CO
2
cylinder B to A as an example.
1.
From the Top Display, press the Left Cursor Key for 3 seconds.
3 7 . 0 o
C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 A B
1
T e m p
2
3
4
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
.
０
.
5
6
O K
7
2.
The CO
2
gas supply line will be switched from cylinder B to A
3 7 . 0 o
C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 A B
1
T e m p
2
3
4
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
.
０
.
5
6
O K
7
(When the line needs to be switched from cylinder A to B, press the Right Cursor Key for 3 seconds.)
- 175 -
68
AUTOMATIC CO
2
AND O
2
DENSITY CALIBRATION
To calibrate the CO
2
and O
2
density, a Semi-automatic one point Gas Calibration Kit (MCO-SG) is available.
By connecting a standard gas cylinder that has a density that is the same as the set CO
2
and O
2
density
(usually 5% CO
2
and 5% O
2
), the CO
2
sensor and O
2
sensor can be calibrated to maintain the accuracy of the CO
2
and O
2
density display as necessary.
Ɣ Setting connected standard gas density
1.
Press the MENU Key from the Top Display to display the menu, select
Tools,
and press the ENTER
Key.
5
1
2
3
4
T e m p 3 7 . 0 o
O 5 . 0 %
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
.
０
.
. 0
M E e t
L
T o o l s
6
7
2.
Press the Down Cursor Key from the Select Tools (1/2) Display to display the Select Tools (2/2) Display, and then select
Standard Gas Setting,
press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key.
T e m p / C O 2 / O 2 C a l i b r a t i o n
A l a r m S e t t i n g
L C D / D A Q S e t t i n g
U V S e t t i n g
O K
K e y L o c k P W S e t t i n g
D a t e T i m e
S t a n d a r d G a s S e t t i n g a r d a s C a l i b r a t i o n
O K
69
- 176 -
3. Input the CO
2
and O
2
density of standard gas to be used, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key.
1
3
M E N U
4
5
5 . 0 % (
( N o C a l i b r a t i o n :
5 . 0 % (
O K
4 . 0 % - 2 1 . 0 % )
C a n c e l
0 . 0 % )
6
( N o C a l i b r a t i o n : 1 8 . 1 % - 2 1 . 9 % )
Ex. Standard gas density input
Calibrate both of CO
2
and O
2
density
Calibrate only CO
2
density
Calibrate only O
2
density
Standard gas density
(For example)
Input value of
CO
2
density
Input value of
O
2
density
CO
2
:5% / O
2
:5% 050 050
CO
2
:5% / O
2
:20% 050 200
CO
2
:0% / O
2
:5% 000 050
Ɣ Calibration method for CO
2
and O
2
gas density
1.
Select
Standard Gas Calibration
from the Select Tools (2/2) Display, press the MENU Key to display the menu, select
OK
, and press the ENTER Key.
M E N U a r d a s S e t t i n g
S t a n d a r d G a s C a l i b r a t i o n
O K v c
C
2.
The system check will start.
1
S t a n d a r d G a s C a l i b r a t i o n S t e p
：
1
3
S y s t e m C h e c k
・ ・ ・ ・ ・
4
5
C O 2
：
5 . 5 % O 2
：
4 . 5 %
S T G
：
5 . 0 % S T G
：
5 . 0 %
6
- 177 -
70
71
3.
If the system is normal, the following display will appear. Select
OK
and press the ENTER Key to start calibrating the CO
2
and O
2
density. After calibration, return to normal cultivating operation.
1
S t a n d a r d G a s C a l i b r a t i o n S t e p
：
2
3
4
S t d G a s C a l i b S t a r t ?
O K
C a n c e l
5
C O 2
：
5 . 5 % O 2
：
4
S T G
：
5 . 0 % S T G
：
5
6
1
5
6
5
6
7
4
t e p 3
3
a s C
・ ・ ・ ・ ・
3 7 . 0 o
C C O 2 5 . 0 % A B O 2 5 . 0 A B
1
T e m p
2
3
4
３７
.
０
５
.
０
５
.
０
.
C O 2
：
5 . 5 % O 2
：
4 . 5 %
S T G
：
5 . 0 % S T G
：
5 . 0 %
- 178 -
STACKING INCUBATORS
Use the following procedure to stack Incubators. This work is potentially dangerous, so contact a Sanyo representative or agent.
CAUTION
x
Select a floor that is strong enough to support the stacked incubators.
x
Never stack three or more incubators.
Doing so is dangerous.
1.
Take out two stacking plates A, two stacking plates B, four protective stickers, and four screws from accessory bag.
Note:
When stacking two incubators,
use two stacking plates (A and B) for each one
. Only one pair of stacking plates is provided per incubator, so take out the stacking plates (A and B) from both incubators.
Similarly only 2 protective stickers are provided per incubator
2.
Unplug both of the Incubators that are to be stacked.
3.
Remove the caps at the two places in the front of the top surface of the Incubator that is to be on the bottom, attach the protective stickers to the four corners on the top surface of the Incubator that is to be on the bottom. (See Fig. A.)
4.
Secure stacking plate A with the screws that are provided.
5.
Remove the front panel (5 screws) from the Incubator that is to be on the top.
6.
Place the upper Incubator on top of the lower one, being careful not to pinch your fingers.
7.
Make the lower Incubator level by adjusting the legs, and then level the upper Incubator in the same way.
8.
Secure the stacking plate A fixed to the lower incubator to the upper Incubator with the accessory screws.
9.
Remove from the back of the lower Incubator the two hooks (4 screws) and remove from the upper
Incubator the 2 screws on the lower rear panel.
10.
Use the 6 screws that were removed in step 9 to secure stacking plate B to the rear panels of the upper and lower Incubators.
11.
Replace the front panel (5 screws) to the upper Incubator.
12.
Use the hooks on the back of the upper Incubator to prevent the Incubators from falling over.
- 179 -
72
Front panel
Front
73
Stacking plate A
Protective sticker
Fig.A
- 180 -
Stacking plate B
Hook
SPECIFICATIONS
External dimensions
Internal dimensions
Interior volume
Interior
Outer door
Inner door
Gastight split door
Trays
Access port
Insulation
Heating system
Humidifying system
Temperature controller
Temperature display
CO
2
controller
CO
2 density display
O
2
controller
O
2 density display
Air circulation
Air filter
UV lamp
Water level sensor
Alarms
Remote alarm contacts
CO
2
inlet connection
CO
2
inlet pressure
O
2
inlet connection
O
2
inlet pressure
W620 x D710 x H900 mm (W24.4 x D28.0 x H35.4 inch)
W490 x D523 x H665 mm (W19.3 x D20.6 x H26.2 inch)
162 L (5.72 cu.ft.)
Stainless steel containing copper
Painted steel
Stainless steel with gasket
4 doors made of tempered glass
3 trays made of stainless steel containing copper
W450 x D450 x H12 mm (W17.7 x D17.7 x H0.47 inch), Maximum load: 7 kg/tray
Inner diameter: 30 mm (1.18 inch), On the back side
Rigid polyurethane foamed-in place
DHA system (heater jacket + air jacket system)
Natural evaporation with humidifying pan
PID control system
Digital display
PID control system
Digital display
PID control system
Digital display
Fan assisted
0.3
P m, Efficiency: 99.97% or higher
4W X 1 (ozone-free emission) -----
Optical
Automatic set temperature alarm, Automatic set CO2 density alarm
Automatic set O2 density alarm, Upper limit temperature alarm various gas/sensor/heater alarms
Allowable contact capacity: 30 VDC, 2 A
4 to 6 mm (0.157 to 0.236 inch) diameter tube can be connected
0.03 MPaG (0.3 kgf/cm
2
G, 4.3 psiG)
4 to 6 mm diameter tube can be connected
0.05 MPaG (0.5 kgf/cm
2
G, 7.1 psiG)
- 181 -
74
Accessories
Optional accessories
3 trays, 3 sets of tray supports, 3 gas tubes, 1 humidifying pan,
1 gas injection nozzle, 1 gas injection nozzle tube
1 pair of stacking plates A and B, 2 protective stickers, 6 tube bands
H
2
O
2
H
2
O
2
Generator (MCO-HP)
Decontamination Kit (MCO-HL)
UV Lamp Add-on Kit
(MCO-19UVS)
Standard equipment
Standard equipment
H
2
O
2
Decontamination Reagent (MCO-H2O2),
Automatic CO
2
Standard Gas Calibration Kit (MCO-SG),
Gas Pressure Regulator (MCO-100L),
Extra Trays (MCO-47ST, includes 2 tray supports),
Half Trays (MCO-25ST), Automatic CO
2
Cylinder Changeover System (MCO-21GC),
Roller Base (MCO-18RB), UV lamp replacement kit (MCO-20UV)
Stacking spacer (MCO-18SB, when stacking on the MCO-175),
Stacking spacer (MCO-21SB, when stacking on the MCO-20AIC)
Ethernet (LAN) Interface (MTR-L03), RS232C/RS485 Interface (MTR-480)
SANYO Data acquisition software (MTR-5000)
4-20mA Interface (MCO-420MA, USA only)
Note
: Designs and specifications are subject to change without notice.
PERFORMANCE
Temperature control range
Temperature distribution
Temperature variation
CO
2
control range
CO
2
variation
O
2
control range
O
2
variation
Chamber humidity
Applicable environment condition
Ambient temperature+5 to 50 o
C (ambient temperature: 5 to 35 o
C)
± 0.25
o
C (ambient temperature: 25 o
C, setting: 37 o
C, CO
2
: 5%, O
2
: 5%, no load)
± 0.1
o
C (ambient temperature: 25 o
C, setting: 37 o
C, CO
2
: 5%, O
2
: 5%, no load)
0 to 20%
± 0.15% (ambient temperature: 25 o
C, setting: 37 o
C, CO
2
: 5%, O
2
: 5%, no load)
1 to 18% and 22 to 80%
± 0.2% (ambient temperature: 25 o
C, setting: 37 o
C, CO
2
: 5%, O
2
: 5%, no load)
95% ± 5%
Temperature: 5 to 35 o
C, Humidity: 80% max.
(The designed performance may not be obtained
If the ambient temperature is equal or less than 15 o
C)
Noise level
Power consumption
Max. 354 W
30 dB (A scale)
Max. 335 W
Heat emission
Rated voltage, frequency
Max. 1,274 kJ/h
110 to 120 V, 60 Hz
Amperage
Max. 3.1 A
Note:
The unit with CE mark complies with EC directives.
Max. 1.5 A
Based on our measuring method.
Designs and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Max. 1,206 kJ/h
220 V, 60 Hz 220 to 240 V, 50 Hz
Max. 1.5 A
75
- 182 -
CAUTION
Please fill in this form before servicing.
Hand over this form to the service engineer to keep for his and your safety.
Safety check sheet
1. Unit contents
Risk of infection:
Risk of toxicity:
Risk from radioactive sources:
□
□
□
Yes
Yes
Yes
□
□
□
No
No
No
(List all potentially hazardous materials that have been stored in this unit.)
Notes :
2.
Contamination
of the unit
Unit interior
No contamination
□
Yes
□
No
□
Yes
□
No
Decontaminated
Contaminated
Others:
□
Yes
□
No
3. Instructions for safe repair/maintenance of the unit a) The unit is safe to work on
□
Yes
□
No b) There is some danger (see below)
□
Yes
□
No
Procedure to be adhered to in order to reduce safety risk indicated in b) below.
Date :
Signature :
Address, Division :
Telephone :
Date of Installation : Product name :
Multi-gas incubator
Model :
MCO-19M(UVH)
MCO-19M(UV)
MCO-19M
Serial number :
Please decontaminate the unit yourself before calling the service engineer.
- 183 -
76
DC3186-150B
SANYO Electric Co., Ltd
Printed in Japan
Advertisement
Key Features
- Precise and stable control of temperature, CO2, and O2 levels
- 4-door design with tempered glass doors for easy access
- DHA heating system for uniform temperature distribution
- Natural evaporation humidifying system to maintain humidity levels
- Fan-assisted air circulation for optimal gas distribution
- 0.3μm air filter for efficient air purification
- UV lamp to prevent contamination
- Various alarms and remote alarm contacts for safety and monitoring
- Optional accessories for customization, such as H2O2 decontamination kit, CO2 density calibration kit, and automatic CO2 cylinder changeover system